remove trailing whitespace at end of lines

svn path=/trunk/; revision=15091

rosapps/cmdutils/mode/mode.c

@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
 #define NUM_ELEMENTS(a) (sizeof(a)/sizeof(a[0]))
 #define ASSERT(a)
 
-const TCHAR* const usage_strings[] = { 
+const TCHAR* const usage_strings[] = {
     _T("Device Status:     MODE [device] [/STATUS]"),
     _T("Select code page:  MODE CON[:] CP SELECT=yyy"),
     _T("Code page status:  MODE CON[:] CP [/STATUS]"),
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ const TCHAR* const usage_strings[] = {
     _T("                            [rts=on|off|hs|tg] [idsr=on|off]"),
 };
 
-const TCHAR* const parity_strings[] = { 
+const TCHAR* const parity_strings[] = {
     _T("None"),   // default
     _T("Odd"),    // only symbol in this set to have a 'd' in it
     _T("Even"),   // ... 'v' in it
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ int QueryDevices()
     TCHAR buffer[10240];
     int len;
     TCHAR* ptr = buffer;
-    
+
     *ptr = '\0';
     if (QueryDosDevice(NULL, buffer, NUM_ELEMENTS(buffer))) {
         while (*ptr != '\0') {
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ int ShowConsoleStatus()
     return 0;
 }
 
-static 
+static
 BOOL SerialPortQuery(int nPortNum, LPDCB pDCB, LPCOMMTIMEOUTS pCommTimeouts, BOOL bWrite)
 {
     BOOL result;
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ int SetConsoleState()
 	return 0;
 }
 
-static 
+static
 int ExtractModeSerialParams(const TCHAR* param)
 {
     if (       _tcsstr(param, _T("OFF"))) {
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ int main(int argc, TCHAR *argv[])
             goto show_status;
         } else if (_tcsstr(param1, _T("lpt"))) {
             nPortNum = find_portnum(param1);
-            if (nPortNum != -1) 
+            if (nPortNum != -1)
                 return ShowParallelStatus(nPortNum);
         } else if (_tcsstr(param1, _T("con"))) {
             return ShowConsoleStatus();

rosapps/cmdutils/more.c

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-/* 
+/*
  * MORE.C - external command.
  *
  * clone from 4nt more command
  *
  * 26 Sep 1999 - Paolo Pantaleo <paolopan@freemail.it>
- *     started 
+ *     started
  * Oct 2003 - Timothy Schepens <tischepe at fastmail dot fm>
  *     use window size instead of buffer size.
  */

rosapps/cmdutils/tee.c

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-/* 
+/*
  * TEE.C - external command.
  *
  * clone from 4nt tee command
  *
  * 01 Sep 1999 - Paolo Pantaleo <paolopan@freemail.it>
- *     started 
+ *     started
  *
  *
  */
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ INT main (int argc,char **p)
 
 	/*handle for file and console*/
 	HANDLE hConsoleIn,hConsoleOut;
-	
+
 	/*bytes written by WriteFile and ReadFile*/
 	DWORD dwRead,dwWritten;
 
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ INT main (int argc,char **p)
 	INT i;
 	BOOL bQuote;
 
-	/*file list implementation*/	
+	/*file list implementation*/
 	LPTSTR *files;
 	INT iFileCounter=0;
 	HANDLE *hFile;
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ INT main (int argc,char **p)
 /*
 		if(  iFileCounter >= sizeof(files) / sizeof(*files)  )
 		{
-			ConErrPrintf("too many files, maximum is %d\n",sizeof(files) / sizeof(*files));			
+			ConErrPrintf("too many files, maximum is %d\n",sizeof(files) / sizeof(*files));
 			return 1;
 		}
 		*/
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ INT main (int argc,char **p)
 
 	/*open file(s)*/
 	for(i=0;i<iFileCounter;i++)
-	{	
+	{
 		//l=0;
 		hFile[i] = CreateFile(files[i],GENERIC_WRITE,
 			0,NULL,

rosapps/cmdutils/touch/touch.c

@@ -204,10 +204,10 @@ stime_arg1(char *arg, time_t *tvp)
 {
 	struct tm *t;
 	int yearset;
-	char *p; 
+	char *p;
 					/* Start with the current time. */
 	if ((t = localtime(&tvp[0])) == NULL)
-		err(1, "localtime"); DbgPrint("[%s]", "[23]"); 
+		err(1, "localtime"); DbgPrint("[%s]", "[23]");
 					/* [[CC]YY]MMDDhhmm[.SS] */
 	if ((p = strchr(arg, '.')) == NULL)
 		t->tm_sec = 0;		/* Seconds defaults to 0. */
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ stime_arg1(char *arg, time_t *tvp)
 		*p++ = '\0';
 		t->tm_sec = ATOI2(p);
 	}
-		
+
 	yearset = 0;
 	switch(strlen(arg)) {
 	case 12:			/* CCYYMMDDhhmm */

rosapps/cmdutils/y.c

@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ int main (int argc, char **argv)
 	for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
 	{
 		hFind=FindFirstFile(argv[i],&FindData);
-		
+
 		if (hFind==INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
 		{
 			ConErrPrintf("File not found - %s\n",argv[i]);
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ int main (int argc, char **argv)
 
 				if (dwRead>0 && bRet)
 					WriteFile(hConsoleOut,buff,dwRead,&dwWritten,NULL);
-			
+
 			} while(dwRead>0 && bRet);
 
 			CloseHandle(hFile);

rosapps/demos/maze/maze.c

@@ -13,36 +13,36 @@
  *		screenhack stuff.  There's still some work that could
  *		be done on this, particularly allowing a resource to
  *		specify how big the squares are.
- * modified:  [ 10-4-88 ]  Richard Hess    ...!uunet!cimshop!rhess  
+ * modified:  [ 10-4-88 ]  Richard Hess    ...!uunet!cimshop!rhess
  *              [ Revised primary execution loop within main()...
  *              [ Extended X event handler, check_events()...
- * modified:  [ 1-29-88 ]  Dave Lemke      lemke@sun.com  
+ * modified:  [ 1-29-88 ]  Dave Lemke      lemke@sun.com
  *              [ Hacked for X11...
- *              [  Note the word "hacked" -- this is extremely ugly, but at 
+ *              [  Note the word "hacked" -- this is extremely ugly, but at
- *              [   least it does the job.  NOT a good programming example 
+ *              [   least it does the job.  NOT a good programming example
  *              [   for X.
  * original:  [ 6/21/85 ]  Martin Weiss    Sun Microsystems  [ SunView ]
  *
  ******************************************************************************
  Copyright 1988 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. Mountain View, CA.
-  
+
  All Rights Reserved
-  
+
  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
- documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 
+ documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
  provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
- both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 
+ both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
  supporting documentation, and that the names of Sun or MIT not be
  used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific prior written permission. Sun and M.I.T. 
+ software without specific prior written permission. Sun and M.I.T.
- make no representations about the suitability of this software for 
+ make no representations about the suitability of this software for
  any purpose. It is provided "as is" without any express or implied warranty.
- 
+
  SUN DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
  ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
  PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL SUN BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT
  OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS
- OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE 
+ OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE
  OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE
  OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
  *****************************************************************************/
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ static struct {
   unsigned char x;
   unsigned char y;
   unsigned char dir;
-  unsigned char dummy;  
+  unsigned char dummy;
 } move_list[MOVE_LIST_SIZE], save_path[MOVE_LIST_SIZE], path[MOVE_LIST_SIZE];
 
 static int maze_size_x, maze_size_y;
@@ -139,50 +139,50 @@ static void
 initialize_maze()         /* draw the surrounding wall and start/end squares */
 {
   register int i, j, wall;
-  
+
   /* initialize all squares */
   for ( i=0; i<maze_size_x; i++) {
     for ( j=0; j<maze_size_y; j++) {
       maze[i][j] = 0;
     }
   }
-  
+
   /* top wall */
   for ( i=0; i<maze_size_x; i++ ) {
     maze[i][0] |= WALL_TOP;
   }
-  
+
   /* right wall */
   for ( j=0; j<maze_size_y; j++ ) {
     maze[maze_size_x-1][j] |= WALL_RIGHT;
   }
-  
+
   /* bottom wall */
   for ( i=0; i<maze_size_x; i++ ) {
     maze[i][maze_size_y-1] |= WALL_BOTTOM;
   }
-  
+
   /* left wall */
   for ( j=0; j<maze_size_y; j++ ) {
     maze[0][j] |= WALL_LEFT;
   }
-  
+
   /* set start square */
   wall = get_random(4);
   switch (wall) {
-  case 0:	
+  case 0:
     i = get_random(maze_size_x);
     j = 0;
     break;
-  case 1:	
+  case 1:
     i = maze_size_x - 1;
     j = get_random(maze_size_y);
     break;
-  case 2:	
+  case 2:
     i = get_random(maze_size_x);
     j = maze_size_y - 1;
     break;
-  case 3:	
+  case 3:
     i = 0;
     j = get_random(maze_size_y);
     break;
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ initialize_maze()         /* draw the surrounding wall and start/end squares */
   start_y = j;
   start_dir = wall;
   sqnum = 0;
-  
+
   /* set end square */
   wall = (wall + 2)%4;
   switch (wall) {
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ create_maze()             /* create a maze layout given the intiialized maze */
 {
   register int i, newdoor = 0;
   HDC hDC;
-  
+
   hDC = GetDC(hWnd);
   do {
     move_list[sqnum].x = cur_sq_x;
@@ -248,10 +248,10 @@ create_maze()             /* create a maze layout given the intiialized maze */
 		return; /* done ... return */
       }
     }
-    
+
     /* mark the out door */
     maze[cur_sq_x][cur_sq_y] |= ( DOOR_OUT_TOP >> newdoor );
-    
+
     switch (newdoor) {
     case 0: cur_sq_y--;
       break;
@@ -263,10 +263,10 @@ create_maze()             /* create a maze layout given the intiialized maze */
       break;
     }
     sqnum++;
-    
+
     /* mark the in door */
     maze[cur_sq_x][cur_sq_y] |= ( DOOR_IN_TOP >> ((newdoor+2)%4) );
-    
+
     /* if end square set path length and save path */
     if ( maze[cur_sq_x][cur_sq_y] & END_SQUARE ) {
       path_length = sqnum;
@@ -276,9 +276,9 @@ create_maze()             /* create a maze layout given the intiialized maze */
 	save_path[i].dir = move_list[i].dir;
       }
     }
-    
+
   } while (1);
-  
+
 }
 
 
@@ -287,9 +287,9 @@ choose_door(HDC hDC)                                    /* pick a new path */
 {
   int candidates[3];
   register int num_candidates;
-  
+
   num_candidates = 0;
-  
+
   /* top wall */
   if ( maze[cur_sq_x][cur_sq_y] & DOOR_IN_TOP )
     goto rightwall;
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ choose_door(HDC hDC)                                    /* pick a new path */
     goto rightwall;
   }
   candidates[num_candidates++] = 0;
-  
+
  rightwall:
   /* right wall */
   if ( maze[cur_sq_x][cur_sq_y] & DOOR_IN_RIGHT )
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ choose_door(HDC hDC)                                    /* pick a new path */
     goto bottomwall;
   }
   candidates[num_candidates++] = 1;
-  
+
  bottomwall:
   /* bottom wall */
   if ( maze[cur_sq_x][cur_sq_y] & DOOR_IN_BOTTOM )
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ choose_door(HDC hDC)                                    /* pick a new path */
     goto leftwall;
   }
   candidates[num_candidates++] = 2;
-  
+
  leftwall:
   /* left wall */
   if ( maze[cur_sq_x][cur_sq_y] & DOOR_IN_LEFT )
@@ -352,14 +352,14 @@ choose_door(HDC hDC)                                    /* pick a new path */
     goto donewall;
   }
   candidates[num_candidates++] = 3;
-  
+
  donewall:
   if (num_candidates == 0)
     return ( -1 );
   if (num_candidates == 1)
     return ( candidates[0] );
   return ( candidates[ get_random(num_candidates) ] );
-  
+
 }
 
 
@@ -385,19 +385,19 @@ draw_solid_square(i, j, dir, hDC, hBrush)          /* draw a solid square in a s
   RECT rc;
 
   switch (dir) {
-  case 0: 
+  case 0:
     rc.left = border_x + bw + grid_width * i;
 	rc.right = rc.left + grid_width - (bw + bw);
 	rc.top = border_y - bw + grid_height * j;
 	rc.bottom = rc.top + grid_height;
     break;
-  case 1: 
+  case 1:
 	rc.left = border_x + bw + grid_width * i;
 	rc.right = rc.left + grid_width;
 	rc.top = border_y + bw + grid_height * j;
 	rc.bottom = rc.top + grid_height - (bw + bw);
     break;
-  case 2: 
+  case 2:
     rc.left = border_x + bw + grid_width * i;
 	rc.right = rc.left + grid_width - (bw + bw);
 	rc.top = border_y + bw + grid_height * j;
@@ -418,8 +418,8 @@ draw_maze_border(HWND hWnd, HDC hDC)	/* draw the maze outline */
 {
   register int i, j;
   HBRUSH hBrush;
-  
+
-  
+
   for ( i=0; i<maze_size_x; i++) {
     if ( maze[i][0] & WALL_TOP ) {
 	  MoveToEx(hDC, border_x + grid_width * i, border_y, NULL);
@@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ draw_wall(i, j, dir, hDC)                                   /* draw a single wal
   switch (dir) {
   case 0:
   	MoveToEx(hDC, border_x + grid_width * i, border_y + grid_height * j, NULL);
-	(void) LineTo(hDC, border_x + grid_width * (i+1), 
+	(void) LineTo(hDC, border_x + grid_width * (i+1),
 	              border_y + grid_height * j);
     break;
   case 1:
@@ -471,13 +471,13 @@ draw_wall(i, j, dir, hDC)                                   /* draw a single wal
   case 2:
 	MoveToEx(hDC, border_x + grid_width * i, border_y + grid_height * (j+1),
 	         NULL);
-	(void) LineTo(hDC, border_x + grid_width * (i+1), 
+	(void) LineTo(hDC, border_x + grid_width * (i+1),
 	              border_y + grid_height * (j+1));
     break;
   case 3:
 	MoveToEx(hDC, border_x + grid_width * i, border_y + grid_height * j,
 	         NULL);
-	(void) LineTo(hDC, border_x + grid_width * i, 
+	(void) LineTo(hDC, border_x + grid_width * i,
 	              border_y + grid_height * (j+1));
     break;
   }
@@ -497,11 +497,11 @@ begin_solve_maze()                             /* solve it with graphical feedba
 	0xaaaaaaaa
   };
   static RGBQUAD argbq[] = {
-  	{ 0, 0, 255, 0 },	  
+  	{ 0, 0, 255, 0 },
 	{ 255, 255, 255, 0 }
   };
   BITMAPINFO *pbmi;
-  
+
   hDC = GetDC(hWnd);
   pbmi = malloc(sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER) + sizeof(argbq) + sizeof(grayPattern));
   pbmi->bmiHeader.biSize = sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER);
@@ -525,31 +525,31 @@ begin_solve_maze()                             /* solve it with graphical feedba
   /* plug up the surrounding wall */
   maze[start_x][start_y] |= (WALL_TOP >> start_dir);
   maze[end_x][end_y] |= (WALL_TOP >> end_dir);
-  
+
   /* initialize search path */
   pathi = 0;
   path[pathi].x = end_x;
   path[pathi].y = end_y;
   path[pathi].dir = -1;
 }
-  
+
 static int
 solve_maze()                             /* solve it with graphical feedback */
 {
   int ret;
   int action_done;
-                  
+
   do {
     action_done = 1;
     if ( ++path[pathi].dir >= 4 ) {
       pathi--;
-      draw_solid_square( (int)(path[pathi].x), (int)(path[pathi].y), 
+      draw_solid_square( (int)(path[pathi].x), (int)(path[pathi].y),
 	  	       (int)(path[pathi].dir), hDC, hBrushDead);
       ret = 0;
     }
-    else if ( ! (maze[path[pathi].x][path[pathi].y] & 
+    else if ( ! (maze[path[pathi].x][path[pathi].y] &
-	  	(WALL_TOP >> path[pathi].dir))  && 
+	  	(WALL_TOP >> path[pathi].dir))  &&
-	     ( (pathi == 0) || ( (path[pathi].dir != 
+	     ( (pathi == 0) || ( (path[pathi].dir !=
 		  	    (int)(path[pathi-1].dir+2)%4) ) ) ) {
       enter_square(pathi, hDC, hBrushLiving);
       pathi++;
@@ -567,15 +567,15 @@ solve_maze()                             /* solve it with graphical feedback */
   } while (! action_done);
 
   return ret;
-} 
+}
 
 
 static void
 enter_square(int n, HDC hDC, HBRUSH hBrush)  /* move into a neighboring square */
 {
-  draw_solid_square( (int)path[n].x, (int)path[n].y, 
+  draw_solid_square( (int)path[n].x, (int)path[n].y,
 		    (int)path[n].dir, hDC, hBrush);
-  
+
   path[n+1].dir = -1;
   switch (path[n].dir) {
   case 0: path[n+1].x = path[n].x;

rosapps/demos/maze/resource.h

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 //
 
 // Next default values for new objects
-// 
+//
 #ifdef APSTUDIO_INVOKED
 #ifndef APSTUDIO_READONLY_SYMBOLS
 

rosapps/devutils/zoomin/framewnd.c

@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
 #define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN     // Exclude rarely-used stuff from Windows headers
 #include <windows.h>
 #include <tchar.h>
-    
+
 #include "main.h"
 #include "framewnd.h"
 

rosapps/devutils/zoomin/main.c

@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 #include <tchar.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
-    
+
 #include "main.h"
 #include "framewnd.h"
 
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ int APIENTRY WinMain(HINSTANCE hInstance,
     // Initialize global strings
     LoadString(hInstance, IDS_APP_TITLE, szTitle, MAX_LOADSTRING);
     LoadString(hInstance, IDC_ZOOMIN, szFrameClass, MAX_LOADSTRING);
-    
+
     // Store instance handle in our global variable
     hInst = hInstance;
 

rosapps/dflat32/applicat.c

@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ static void AddStatusMsg(DFWINDOW wnd, DF_PARAM p1)
     if (wnd->StatusBar != NULL)    {
         if (p1 && *(char *)p1)
             DfSendMessage(wnd->StatusBar, DFM_SETTEXT, p1, 0);
-        else 
+        else
             DfSendMessage(wnd->StatusBar, DFM_CLEARTEXT, 0, 0);
         DfSendMessage(wnd->StatusBar, DFM_PAINT, 0, 0);
     }
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ static void SetFocusMsg(DFWINDOW wnd, BOOL p1)
     DfInFocus = p1 ? wnd : NULL;
 	if (DfIsVisible(wnd))
 	    DfSendMessage(wnd, DFM_BORDER, 0, 0);
-	else 
+	else
 	    DfSendMessage(wnd, DFM_SHOW_WINDOW, 0, 0);
 }
 
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ static void CommandMsg(DFWINDOW wnd, DF_PARAM p1, DF_PARAM p2)
             if (DfDialogBox(wnd, &Display, TRUE, NULL))    {
 				if (DfInFocus == wnd->MenuBarWnd || DfInFocus == wnd->StatusBar)
 					oldFocus = DfApplicationWindow;
-				else 
+				else
 					oldFocus = DfInFocus;
                 DfSendMessage(wnd, DFM_HIDE_WINDOW, 0, 0);
                 SelectColors(wnd);
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ static char *WindowName(DFWINDOW wnd)
     {
         if (DfGetClass(wnd) == DF_DIALOG)
             return ((DF_DBOX *)(wnd->extension))->HelpName;
-        else 
+        else
             return "Untitled";
     }
     else

rosapps/dflat32/classes.h

@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
  *         You must add entries to the DfColor tables in
  *         DFCONFIG.C for new classes.
  *
- *        Class Name  Base Class   Processor       Attribute    
+ *        Class Name  Base Class   Processor       Attribute
  *       ------------  --------- ---------------  -----------
  */
 DfClassDef(  DF_NORMAL,      -1,      DfNormalProc,      0 )

rosapps/dflat32/config.c

@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ void DfBuildFileName(char *path, char *ext)
 	cp = strrchr(path, '\\');
 	if (cp == NULL)
 		cp = path;
-	else 
+	else
 		cp++;
 	strcpy(cp, DFlatApplication);
 	strcat(cp, ext);

rosapps/dflat32/dialbox.c

@@ -529,11 +529,11 @@ void DfSetScrollBars(DFWINDOW wnd)
     int oldattr = DfGetAttribute(wnd);
     if (wnd->wlines > DfClientHeight(wnd))
         DfAddAttribute(wnd, DF_VSCROLLBAR);
-    else 
+    else
         DfClearAttribute(wnd, DF_VSCROLLBAR);
     if (wnd->textwidth > DfClientWidth(wnd))
         DfAddAttribute(wnd, DF_HSCROLLBAR);
-    else 
+    else
         DfClearAttribute(wnd, DF_HSCROLLBAR);
     if (DfGetAttribute(wnd) != oldattr)
         DfSendMessage(wnd, DFM_BORDER, 0, 0);
@@ -643,15 +643,15 @@ static void FixColors(DFWINDOW wnd)
 	{
 		if (ct->class != DF_SPINBUTTON && ct->class != DF_COMBOBOX)
 		{
-			wnd->WindowColors[DF_FRAME_COLOR][DF_FG] = 
+			wnd->WindowColors[DF_FRAME_COLOR][DF_FG] =
 				DfGetParent(wnd)->WindowColors[DF_FRAME_COLOR][DF_FG];
-			wnd->WindowColors[DF_FRAME_COLOR][DF_BG] = 
+			wnd->WindowColors[DF_FRAME_COLOR][DF_BG] =
 				DfGetParent(wnd)->WindowColors[DF_FRAME_COLOR][DF_BG];
 			if (ct->class != DF_EDITBOX && ct->class != DF_LISTBOX)
 			{
-				wnd->WindowColors[DF_STD_COLOR][DF_FG] = 
+				wnd->WindowColors[DF_STD_COLOR][DF_FG] =
 					DfGetParent(wnd)->WindowColors[DF_STD_COLOR][DF_FG];
-				wnd->WindowColors[DF_STD_COLOR][DF_BG] = 
+				wnd->WindowColors[DF_STD_COLOR][DF_BG] =
 					DfGetParent(wnd)->WindowColors[DF_STD_COLOR][DF_BG];
 			}
 		}

rosapps/dflat32/fileopen.c

@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ static int DlgFnOpen(DFWINDOW wnd,DFMESSAGE msg,DF_PARAM p1,DF_PARAM p2)
 									DfGetItemText(wnd, DF_ID_PATH, FileSpec, 65);
 									strcat(FileSpec, FileName);
 								}
-								else 
+								else
 									strcpy(FileSpec, FileName);
 							}
 							break;

rosapps/dflat32/listbox.c

@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ static void FlipSelection(DFWINDOW wnd, int sel)
 }
 
 static int ExtendSelections(DFWINDOW wnd, int sel, int shift)
-{    
+{
     if (shift & (DF_LEFTSHIFT | DF_RIGHTSHIFT) &&
                         wnd->AnchorPoint != -1)    {
         int i = sel;

rosapps/dflat32/memopad.c

@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ static int MemoPadProc(DFWINDOW wnd,DFMESSAGE msg,DF_PARAM p1,DF_PARAM p2)
                 case DF_ID_PRINT:
                     PrintPad(DfInFocus);
                     return TRUE;
-				case DF_ID_EXIT:	
+				case DF_ID_EXIT:
 					if (!DfYesNoBox("Exit Memopad?"))
 						return FALSE;
 					break;
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ static int MemoPadProc(DFWINDOW wnd,DFMESSAGE msg,DF_PARAM p1,DF_PARAM p2)
 					FixTabMenu();
                     return TRUE;
 				case DF_ID_TAB6:
-					DfCfg.Tabs = 6;					
+					DfCfg.Tabs = 6;
 					FixTabMenu();
                     return TRUE;
 				case DF_ID_TAB8:
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ static void OpenPadWindow(DFWINDOW wnd, char *FileName)
     }
 	DfSendMessage(wwnd, DFM_CLOSE_WINDOW, 0, 0);
     DfSendMessage(wnd1, DFM_SETFOCUS, TRUE, 0);
-    DfSendMessage(wnd1, DFM_MAXIMIZE, 0, 0);    
+    DfSendMessage(wnd1, DFM_MAXIMIZE, 0, 0);
 }
 
 /* --- Load the notepad file into the editor text buffer --- */
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ static int EditorProc(DFWINDOW wnd,DFMESSAGE msg,DF_PARAM p1,DF_PARAM p2)
             rtn = DfDefaultWndProc(wnd, msg, p1, p2);
             if ((int)p1 == FALSE)
                 DfSendMessage(DfGetParent(wnd), DFM_ADDSTATUS, 0, 0);
-            else 
+            else
                 ShowPosition(wnd);
             return rtn;
         case DFM_KEYBOARD_CURSOR:

rosapps/dflat32/menu.h

@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ typedef struct DfMenuBar {
 #define DF_INACTIVE    1
 #define DF_CHECKED     2
 #define DF_TOGGLE      4
-#define DF_CASCADED    8    
+#define DF_CASCADED    8
 
 /* --------- the standard menus ---------- */
 extern DF_MBAR DfMainMenu;

rosapps/dflat32/menubar.c

@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ static void KeyboardMsg(DFWINDOW wnd, DF_PARAM p1)
             if (mwnd != NULL)
                 DfSendMessage(wnd, DFM_MB_SELECTION,
                     DfActiveMenuBar->ActiveSelection, 0);
-            else 
+            else
                 DfSendMessage(wnd, DFM_PAINT, 0, 0);
             break;
         case DF_BS:
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ static void KeyboardMsg(DFWINDOW wnd, DF_PARAM p1)
             if (mwnd != NULL)
                 DfSendMessage(wnd, DFM_MB_SELECTION,
                     DfActiveMenuBar->ActiveSelection, 0);
-            else 
+            else
                 DfSendMessage(wnd, DFM_PAINT, 0, 0);
             break;
         default:

rosapps/dflat32/message.c

@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ BOOL DfDispatchMessage (void)
 	while (EventQueueCtr > 0)
 	{
 		struct events ev;
-			
+
 		ev = EventQueue[EventQueueOffCtr];
 		if (++EventQueueOffCtr == DF_MAXMESSAGES)
 			EventQueueOffCtr = 0;

rosapps/dflat32/msgbox.c

@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ BOOL DfInputBox(DFWINDOW wnd,char *ttl,char *msg,char *text,int len)
     InputText = text;
     TextLength = len;
     InputBoxDB.dwnd.title = ttl;
-    InputBoxDB.dwnd.w = 4 + 
+    InputBoxDB.dwnd.w = 4 +
         max(20, max(len, max((int)strlen(ttl), (int)strlen(msg))));
     InputBoxDB.ctl[1].dwnd.x = (InputBoxDB.dwnd.w-2-len)/2;
     InputBoxDB.ctl[0].dwnd.w = strlen(msg);

rosapps/dflat32/pictbox.c

@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ static int FindVector(DFWINDOW wnd, DFRECT rc, int x, int y)
                         coll = 0;
                     else if (rc.lf+x == rcc.rt)
                         coll = 2;
-                    else 
+                    else
                         coll = 1;
                 }
             }
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ static int FindVector(DFWINDOW wnd, DFRECT rc, int x, int y)
                         coll = 0;
                     else if (rc.tp+y == rcc.bt)
                         coll = 2;
-                    else 
+                    else
                         coll = 1;
                 }
             }

rosapps/dflat32/popdown.c

@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ static BOOL KeyboardMsg(DFWINDOW wnd, DF_PARAM p1, DF_PARAM p2)
         case DF_F1:
             if (ActivePopDown == NULL)
                 DfSendMessage(DfGetParent(wnd), DFM_KEYBOARD, p1, p2);
-            else 
+            else
                 DfDisplayHelp(wnd,
                     (ActivePopDown+wnd->selection)->help);
             return TRUE;

rosapps/dflat32/statbar.c

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ int DfStatusBarProc(DFWINDOW wnd, DFMESSAGE msg, DF_PARAM p1, DF_PARAM p2)
 			if ((int)p1 == DF_CTRL_F4)
 				return TRUE;
 			break;
-		case DFM_PAINT:	
+		case DFM_PAINT:
 			if (!DfIsVisible(wnd))
 				break;
 			statusbar = DfCalloc(1, DfWindowWidth(wnd)+1);

rosapps/dflat32/sysmenu.c

@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ void DfBuildSystemMenu(DFWINDOW wnd)
 	int lf, tp, ht, wd;
     DFWINDOW SystemMenuWnd;
 
-    DfSystemMenu.PullDown[0].Selections[6].Accelerator = 
+    DfSystemMenu.PullDown[0].Selections[6].Accelerator =
         (DfGetClass(wnd) == DF_APPLICATION) ? DF_ALT_F4 : DF_CTRL_F4;
 
     lf = DfGetLeft(wnd)+1;

rosapps/dflat32/textbox.c

@@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ void DfWriteTextLine(DFWINDOW wnd, DFRECT *rcc, int y, BOOL reverse)
     if (*(lp+i) && i < wnd->wleft+3)    {
         if (wnd->wleft+4 > lnlen)
             trunc = TRUE;
-        else 
+        else
             lp += 4;
     }
     else     {

rosapps/games/solitaire/resource.h

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 #define IDM_HELP_ABOUT                  40006
 
 // Next default values for new objects
-// 
+//
 #ifdef APSTUDIO_INVOKED
 #ifndef APSTUDIO_READONLY_SYMBOLS
 #define _APS_NEXT_RESOURCE_VALUE        105

rosapps/lib/dflat32/applicat.c

@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ static void AddStatusMsg(DFWINDOW wnd, PARAM p1)
     if (wnd->StatusBar != NULL)    {
         if (p1 && *(char *)p1)
             DfSendMessage(wnd->StatusBar, SETTEXT, p1, 0);
-        else 
+        else
             DfSendMessage(wnd->StatusBar, CLEARTEXT, 0, 0);
         DfSendMessage(wnd->StatusBar, PAINT, 0, 0);
     }
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ static void SetFocusMsg(DFWINDOW wnd, BOOL p1)
     inFocus = p1 ? wnd : NULL;
 	if (isVisible(wnd))
 	    DfSendMessage(wnd, BORDER, 0, 0);
-	else 
+	else
 	    DfSendMessage(wnd, SHOW_WINDOW, 0, 0);
 }
 
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ static void CommandMsg(DFWINDOW wnd, PARAM p1, PARAM p2)
             if (DfDialogBox(wnd, &Display, TRUE, NULL))    {
 				if (inFocus == wnd->MenuBarWnd || inFocus == wnd->StatusBar)
 					oldFocus = ApplicationWindow;
-				else 
+				else
 					oldFocus = inFocus;
                 DfSendMessage(wnd, DFM_HIDE_WINDOW, 0, 0);
                 SelectColors(wnd);
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ static char *WindowName(DFWINDOW wnd)
     {
         if (GetClass(wnd) == DIALOG)
             return ((DBOX *)(wnd->extension))->HelpName;
-        else 
+        else
             return "Untitled";
     }
     else

rosapps/lib/dflat32/config.c

@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ void BuildFileName(char *path, char *ext)
 	cp = strrchr(path, '\\');
 	if (cp == NULL)
 		cp = path;
-	else 
+	else
 		cp++;
 	strcpy(cp, DFlatApplication);
 	strcat(cp, ext);

rosapps/lib/dflat32/dialbox.c

@@ -529,11 +529,11 @@ void SetScrollBars(DFWINDOW wnd)
     int oldattr = GetAttribute(wnd);
     if (wnd->wlines > ClientHeight(wnd))
         AddAttribute(wnd, VSCROLLBAR);
-    else 
+    else
         ClearAttribute(wnd, VSCROLLBAR);
     if (wnd->textwidth > ClientWidth(wnd))
         AddAttribute(wnd, HSCROLLBAR);
-    else 
+    else
         ClearAttribute(wnd, HSCROLLBAR);
     if (GetAttribute(wnd) != oldattr)
         DfSendMessage(wnd, BORDER, 0, 0);
@@ -643,15 +643,15 @@ static void FixColors(DFWINDOW wnd)
 	{
 		if (ct->class != SPINBUTTON && ct->class != COMBOBOX)
 		{
-			wnd->WindowColors[FRAME_COLOR][FG] = 
+			wnd->WindowColors[FRAME_COLOR][FG] =
 				GetParent(wnd)->WindowColors[FRAME_COLOR][FG];
-			wnd->WindowColors[FRAME_COLOR][BG] = 
+			wnd->WindowColors[FRAME_COLOR][BG] =
 				GetParent(wnd)->WindowColors[FRAME_COLOR][BG];
 			if (ct->class != EDITBOX && ct->class != LISTBOX)
 			{
-				wnd->WindowColors[STD_COLOR][FG] = 
+				wnd->WindowColors[STD_COLOR][FG] =
 					GetParent(wnd)->WindowColors[STD_COLOR][FG];
-				wnd->WindowColors[STD_COLOR][BG] = 
+				wnd->WindowColors[STD_COLOR][BG] =
 					GetParent(wnd)->WindowColors[STD_COLOR][BG];
 			}
 		}

rosapps/lib/dflat32/dllmain.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* 
+/*
  * ReactOS DFLAT32.DLL
  */
 

rosapps/lib/dflat32/listbox.c

@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ static void FlipSelection(DFWINDOW wnd, int sel)
 }
 
 static int ExtendSelections(DFWINDOW wnd, int sel, int shift)
-{    
+{
     if (shift & (LEFTSHIFT | RIGHTSHIFT) &&
                         wnd->AnchorPoint != -1)    {
         int i = sel;

rosapps/lib/dflat32/menubar.c

@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ static void KeyboardMsg(DFWINDOW wnd, PARAM p1)
             if (mwnd != NULL)
                 DfSendMessage(wnd, MB_SELECTION,
                     ActiveMenuBar->ActiveSelection, 0);
-            else 
+            else
                 DfSendMessage(wnd, PAINT, 0, 0);
             break;
         case BS:
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ static void KeyboardMsg(DFWINDOW wnd, PARAM p1)
             if (mwnd != NULL)
                 DfSendMessage(wnd, MB_SELECTION,
                     ActiveMenuBar->ActiveSelection, 0);
-            else 
+            else
                 DfSendMessage(wnd, PAINT, 0, 0);
             break;
         default:

rosapps/lib/dflat32/message.c

@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ BOOL DfDispatchMessage (void)
 	while (EventQueueCtr > 0)
 	{
 		struct events ev;
-			
+
 		ev = EventQueue[EventQueueOffCtr];
 		if (++EventQueueOffCtr == MAXMESSAGES)
 			EventQueueOffCtr = 0;

rosapps/lib/dflat32/msgbox.c

@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ BOOL InputBox(DFWINDOW wnd,char *ttl,char *msg,char *text,int len)
     InputText = text;
     TextLength = len;
     InputBoxDB.dwnd.title = ttl;
-    InputBoxDB.dwnd.w = 4 + 
+    InputBoxDB.dwnd.w = 4 +
         max(20, max(len, max((int)strlen(ttl), (int)strlen(msg))));
     InputBoxDB.ctl[1].dwnd.x = (InputBoxDB.dwnd.w-2-len)/2;
     InputBoxDB.ctl[0].dwnd.w = strlen(msg);

rosapps/lib/dflat32/pictbox.c

@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ static int FindVector(DFWINDOW wnd, DFRECT rc, int x, int y)
                         coll = 0;
                     else if (rc.lf+x == rcc.rt)
                         coll = 2;
-                    else 
+                    else
                         coll = 1;
                 }
             }
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ static int FindVector(DFWINDOW wnd, DFRECT rc, int x, int y)
                         coll = 0;
                     else if (rc.tp+y == rcc.bt)
                         coll = 2;
-                    else 
+                    else
                         coll = 1;
                 }
             }

rosapps/lib/dflat32/popdown.c

@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ static BOOL KeyboardMsg(DFWINDOW wnd, PARAM p1, PARAM p2)
         case F1:
             if (ActivePopDown == NULL)
                 DfSendMessage(GetParent(wnd), KEYBOARD, p1, p2);
-            else 
+            else
                 DisplayHelp(wnd,
                     (ActivePopDown+wnd->selection)->help);
             return TRUE;

rosapps/lib/dflat32/statbar.c

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ int StatusBarProc(DFWINDOW wnd, DFMESSAGE msg, PARAM p1, PARAM p2)
 			if ((int)p1 == CTRL_F4)
 				return TRUE;
 			break;
-		case PAINT:	
+		case PAINT:
 			if (!isVisible(wnd))
 				break;
 			statusbar = DFcalloc(1, WindowWidth(wnd)+1);

rosapps/lib/dflat32/stubs.c

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ int TestCriticalError(void)
 /* These are functions that are supposed to be part of the application
  * not part of the dflat32.dll
  *
- * - Fixme 
+ * - Fixme
  */
 
 char DFlatApplication[] = "none";   //edit.c

rosapps/lib/dflat32/sysmenu.c

@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ void BuildSystemMenu(DFWINDOW wnd)
 	int lf, tp, ht, wd;
     DFWINDOW SystemMenuWnd;
 
-    SystemMenu.PullDown[0].Selections[6].Accelerator = 
+    SystemMenu.PullDown[0].Selections[6].Accelerator =
         (GetClass(wnd) == APPLICATION) ? ALT_F4 : CTRL_F4;
 
     lf = GetLeft(wnd)+1;

rosapps/mc/acconfig.h

@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
 /* This is the configuration file for the Midnight Commander. It was generated
    by autoconf's configure.
-   
+
    Configure for Midnight Commander
    Copyright (C) 1994, 1995 Janne Kukonlehto
    Copyright (C) 1994, 1995 Miguel de Icaza
    Copyright (C) 1995 Jakub Jelinek
-   
+
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
-   
+
 #include <VERSION>
 
 
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
 #undef HAVE_SUBSHELL_SUPPORT
 
 /* If you don't have gcc, define this */
-#undef OLD_TOOLS 
+#undef OLD_TOOLS
 
 /* Are you using other type of curses? */
 #undef OTHER_CURSES
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 #undef USE_NETCODE
 
 /* If defined, use .netrc for FTP connections */
-#undef USE_NETRC 
+#undef USE_NETRC
 
 /* If your operating system does not have enough space for a file name
  * in a struct dirent, then define this

rosapps/mc/config.h

@@ -2,17 +2,17 @@
 /* config.h.in.  Generated automatically from configure.in by autoheader.  */
 /* This is the configuration file for the Midnight Commander. It was generated
    by autoconf's configure.
-   
+
    Configure for Midnight Commander
    Copyright (C) 1994, 1995 Janne Kukonlehto
    Copyright (C) 1994, 1995 Miguel de Icaza
    Copyright (C) 1995 Jakub Jelinek
-   
+
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
-   
+
 #include <VERSION>
 
 
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@
 #define HAVE_SUBSHELL_SUPPORT 1
 
 /* If you don't have gcc, define this */
-/* #undef OLD_TOOLS */ 
+/* #undef OLD_TOOLS */
 
 /* Is the subshell the default or optional? */
 /* #undef SUBSHELL_OPTIONAL */
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@
 #define USE_NETCODE 1
 
 /* If defined, use .netrc for FTP connections */
-/* #undef USE_NETRC */ 
+/* #undef USE_NETRC */
 
 /* If your operating system does not have enough space for a file name
  * in a struct dirent, then define this

rosapps/mc/edit/edit.c

@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 /* editor low level data handling and cursor fundamentals.
 
    Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 the Free Software Foundation
-   
+
    Authors: 1996, 1997 Paul Sheer
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
@@ -36,9 +36,9 @@
 /*
  *
  * here's a quick sketch of the layout: (don't run this through indent.)
- * 
+ *
  * (b1 is buffers1 and b2 is buffers2)
- * 
+ *
  *                                       |
  * \0\0\0\0\0m e _ f i l e . \nf i n . \n|T h i s _ i s _ s o\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0\0
  * ______________________________________|______________________________________
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
  *                              file end|||file beginning
  *                                       |
  *                                       |
- * 
+ *
  *           _
  * This_is_some_file
  * fin.
@@ -100,14 +100,14 @@ char *edit_get_buffer_as_text (WEdit * e)
 /* cursor set to start of file */
 int init_dynamic_edit_buffers (WEdit * edit, const char *filename, const char *text)
 {
- 
+
 #if defined CR_LF_TRANSLATION
     /* Variables needed for safe handling of Translation from Microsoft CR/LF EOL to
        Unix Style LF EOL - Franco */
     long bytes_wanted,bytes_read,bytes_missing;
     char *p;
 #endif
- 
+
     long buf;
     int j, file = 0, buf2;
 
@@ -129,15 +129,15 @@ int init_dynamic_edit_buffers (WEdit * edit, const char *filename, const char *t
     edit->buffers2[buf2] = CMalloc (EDIT_BUF_SIZE);
 
 /*
-_read returns the number of bytes read, 
+_read returns the number of bytes read,
-which may be less than count if there are fewer than count bytes left in the file 
+which may be less than count if there are fewer than count bytes left in the file
-or if the file was opened in text mode, 
+or if the file was opened in text mode,
-in which case each carriage return–linefeed (CR-LF) pair is replaced 
+in which case each carriage return–linefeed (CR-LF) pair is replaced
-with a single linefeed character. Only the single linefeed character is counted 
+with a single linefeed character. Only the single linefeed character is counted
 in the return value. The replacement does not affect the file pointer.
 
-_eof returns 1 if the current position is end of file, or 0 if it is not. 
+_eof returns 1 if the current position is end of file, or 0 if it is not.
-A return value of -1 indicates an error; in this case, errno is set to EBADF, 
+A return value of -1 indicates an error; in this case, errno is set to EBADF,
 which indicates an invalid file handle.
 */
     if (filename){
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ int edit_renew (WEdit * edit)
 	dir = strdup (edit->dir);
     else
 	dir = 0;
-    
+
     edit_clean (edit);
     if (!edit_init (edit, lines, columns, 0, "", dir, 0))
 	return 0;
@@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@ int line_is_blank (WEdit * edit, long line)
     return is_blank (edit, p);
 }
 
-/* moves up until a blank line is reached, or until just 
+/* moves up until a blank line is reached, or until just
    before a non-blank line is reached */
 static void edit_move_up_paragraph (WEdit * edit, int scroll)
 {
@@ -1638,7 +1638,7 @@ static void edit_tab_cmd (WEdit * edit)
     if (option_fake_half_tabs) {
 	if (is_in_indent (edit)) {
 	    /*insert a half tab (usually four spaces) unless there is a
-	       half tab already behind, then delete it and insert a 
+	       half tab already behind, then delete it and insert a
 	       full tab. */
 	    if (right_of_four_spaces (edit)) {
 		for (i = 1; i <= HALF_TAB_SIZE; i++)
@@ -1811,7 +1811,7 @@ void edit_set_user_command (void (*func) (WEdit *, int))
 
 void edit_mail_dialog (WEdit * edit);
 
-/* 
+/*
    This executes a command at a lower level than macro recording.
    It also does not push a key_press onto the undo stack. This means
    that if it is called many times, a single undo command will undo

rosapps/mc/edit/edit.h

@@ -17,11 +17,11 @@
 #    include "../src/tty.h"
 #    include <sys/stat.h>
 #    include <errno.h>
-     
+
 #    ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
 #        include <fcntl.h>
 #    endif
-     
+
 #    include <stdlib.h>
 #    include <malloc.h>
 
@@ -31,18 +31,18 @@
 #    include <stdio.h>
 #    include <stdarg.h>
 #    include <sys/types.h>
-     
+
 #    	 ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
 #    	     include <unistd.h>
 #    	 endif
-     
+
 #    include <my_string.h>
 #    include <sys/stat.h>
-     
+
 #    ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
 #    	 include <fcntl.h>
 #    endif
-     
+
 #    include <stdlib.h>
 #    include <stdarg.h>
 
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
 #    	     include <time.h>
 #    	 endif
 #    endif
- 
+
 #    include "regex.h"
 
 #endif
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
 #    include "../src/menu.h"
 #    include "../src/regex.h"
 #    define WANT_WIDGETS
-     
+
 #    define WIDGET_COMMAND (WIDGET_USER + 10)
 #    define N_menus 5
 
@@ -282,9 +282,9 @@ struct editor_widget {
 				   deleted at all since last load or save */
 #ifdef MIDNIGHT
     int delete_file;			/* has the file been created in edit_load_file? Delete
-			           it at end of editing when it hasn't been modified 
+			           it at end of editing when it hasn't been modified
 				   or saved */
-#endif				   
+#endif
     unsigned char highlight;
     long prev_col;		/*recent column position of the curser - used when moving
 				   up or down past lines that are shorter than the current line */
@@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ void edit_get_syntax_color (WEdit * edit, long byte_index, int *fg, int *bg);
 
 #    define FONT_PIX_PER_LINE 1
 #    define FONT_MEAN_WIDTH 1
-     
+
 #    define get_sys_error(s) (s)
 #    define open mc_open
 #    define close(f) mc_close(f)
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ void edit_get_syntax_color (WEdit * edit, long byte_index, int *fg, int *bg);
 #    define edit_get_load_file(d,f,h) input_dialog (h, _(" Enter file name: "), f)
 #    define edit_get_save_file(d,f,h) input_dialog (h, _(" Enter file name: "), f)
 #    define CMalloc(x) malloc(x)
-     
+
 #    define set_error_msg(s) edit_init_error_msg = strdup(s)
 
 #    ifdef _EDIT_C
@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ extern char *edit_init_error_msg;
 
 #    define MY_O_TEXT 0
 #    define WIN_MESSAGES edit->widget->mainid, 20, 20
-     
+
 #    define edit_get_load_file(d,f,h) CGetLoadFile(WIN_MESSAGES,d,f,h)
 #    define edit_get_save_file(d,f,h) CGetSaveFile(WIN_MESSAGES,d,f,h)
 #    define edit_error_dialog(h,t) CErrorDialog(WIN_MESSAGES,h,"%s",t)

rosapps/mc/edit/edit_key_translator.c

@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
      KEY_F (17), CK_Find_Again,
      ALT ('<'), CK_Beginning_Of_Text,
      ALT ('>'), CK_End_Of_Text,
-     
+
      0, 0};
 
     static long key_pad_map[10] =
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@
 	goto fin;
 
 /* Function still not found for this key, so try macro's */
-/* This allows the same macro to be 
+/* This allows the same macro to be
    enabled by either eg "ALT('f')" or "XCTRL('f')" or "XCTRL('a'), 'f'" */
 
 /* key.h: #define ALT(x) (0x200 | (x)) */

rosapps/mc/edit/editcmd.c

@@ -410,8 +410,8 @@ int edit_save_as_cmd (WEdit * edit)
 		different_filename = 1;
 		if ((file = open ((char *) exp, O_RDONLY)) != -1) {	/* the file exists */
 		    close (file);
-		    if (edit_query_dialog2 (_(" Warning "), 
+		    if (edit_query_dialog2 (_(" Warning "),
-		    _(" A file already exists with this name. "), 
+		    _(" A file already exists with this name. "),
 /* Push buttons to over-write the current file, or cancel the operation */
 		    _("Overwrite"), _("Cancel")))
 			return 0;
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ int edit_save_as_cmd (WEdit * edit)
 		edit->modified = 0;
 #ifdef MIDNIGHT
 	        edit->delete_file = 0;
-#endif		
+#endif
 		if (different_filename && !edit->explicit_syntax)
 		    edit_load_syntax (edit, 0, 0);
 		return 1;
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ int raw_callback (struct Dlg_head *h, int key, int Msg)
 }
 
 /* gets a raw key from the keyboard. Passing cancel = 1 draws
-   a cancel button thus allowing c-c etc.. Alternatively, cancel = 0 
+   a cancel button thus allowing c-c etc.. Alternatively, cancel = 0
    will return the next key pressed */
 int edit_raw_key_query (char *heading, char *query, int cancel)
 {
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ void edit_delete_macro_cmd (WEdit * edit)
     command = CK_Macro (edit_raw_key_query (_(" Delete Macro "), _(" Press macro hotkey: "), 1));
 #else
 /* This heads the 'Delete Macro' dialog box */
-    command = CK_Macro (CKeySymMod (CRawkeyQuery (0, 0, 0, _(" Delete Macro "), 
+    command = CK_Macro (CKeySymMod (CRawkeyQuery (0, 0, 0, _(" Delete Macro "),
 /* Input line for a single key press follows the ':' */
     _(" Press macro hotkey: "))));
 #endif
@@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ int edit_save_cmd (WEdit * edit)
     edit->modified = 0;
 #ifdef MIDNIGHT
     edit->delete_file = 0;
-#endif		
+#endif
 
     return 1;
 }
@@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ void edit_block_move_cmd (WEdit * edit)
     }
     edit_scroll_screen_over_cursor (edit);
 
-    edit_cursor_move (edit, current - edit->curs1 
+    edit_cursor_move (edit, current - edit->curs1
 	- (((current - edit->curs1) > 0) ? end_mark - start_mark : 0));
     edit_scroll_screen_over_cursor (edit);
 
@@ -1011,7 +1011,7 @@ void edit_replace_dialog (WEdit * edit, char **search_text, char **replace_text,
 	 0, 0, XV_WLAY_DONTCARE, NULL},
 	{quick_checkbox, 25, 50, 9, REPLACE_DLG_HEIGHT, "Pr&ompt on replace", 0, 0,
 	 0, 0, XV_WLAY_DONTCARE, NULL},
-	{quick_checkbox, 4, 50, 11, REPLACE_DLG_HEIGHT, "&Backwards", 0, 0, 
+	{quick_checkbox, 4, 50, 11, REPLACE_DLG_HEIGHT, "&Backwards", 0, 0,
 	 0, 0, XV_WLAY_DONTCARE, NULL},
 	{quick_checkbox, 4, 50, 10, REPLACE_DLG_HEIGHT, "&Regular exprssn", 0, 0,
 	 0, 0, XV_WLAY_DONTCARE, NULL},
@@ -1314,9 +1314,9 @@ int edit_replace_prompt (WEdit * edit, char *replace_text, int xpos, int ypos)
 	    p++;
 	}
 	edit->force |= REDRAW_COMPLETELY;
-	q = edit_query_dialog4 (_(" Replace "), 
+	q = edit_query_dialog4 (_(" Replace "),
 /* This is for the confirm replace dialog box. The replaced string comes after the ':' */
-	catstrs (_(" Replace with: "), r, 0), 
+	catstrs (_(" Replace with: "), r, 0),
 /* Buttons for the confirm replace dialog box. */
 	_("Replace"), _("Skip"), _("Replace all"), _("Cancel"));
 	if (r)
@@ -1457,7 +1457,7 @@ long edit_find_string (long start, unsigned char *exp, int *len, long last_byte,
 	    }
 	} else {	/* regexp matching */
 	    long offset = 0;
-	    int found_start, match_bol, move_win = 0; 
+	    int found_start, match_bol, move_win = 0;
 
 	    while (start + offset < last_byte) {
 		match_bol = (offset == 0 || (*get_byte) (data, start + offset - 1) == '\n');
@@ -1846,7 +1846,7 @@ void edit_replace_cmd (WEdit * edit, int again)
 			while (repl_str[++i])
 			    edit_insert (edit, repl_str[i]);
 		    } else {
-			edit_error_dialog (_(" Replace "), 
+			edit_error_dialog (_(" Replace "),
 /* "Invalid regexp string or scanf string" */
 			_(" Error in replacement format string. "));
 			replace_continue = 0;
@@ -1988,7 +1988,7 @@ void edit_quit_cmd (WEdit * edit)
 	case -1:
 	    return;
 	}
-    } 
+    }
 #ifdef MIDNIGHT
     else if (edit->delete_file)
 	unlink (catstrs (edit->dir, edit->filename, 0));
@@ -2340,7 +2340,7 @@ int edit_sort_cmd (WEdit * edit)
 
     exp = old ? old : "";
 
-    exp = input_dialog (_(" Run Sort "), 
+    exp = input_dialog (_(" Run Sort "),
 /* Not essential to translate */
     _(" Enter sort options (see manpage) separated by whitespace: "), "");
 
@@ -2353,13 +2353,13 @@ int edit_sort_cmd (WEdit * edit)
     e = system (catstrs (" sort ", exp, " ", home_dir, BLOCK_FILE, " > ", home_dir, TEMP_FILE, 0));
     if (e) {
 	if (e == -1 || e == 127) {
-	    edit_error_dialog (_(" Sort "), 
+	    edit_error_dialog (_(" Sort "),
 /* Not essential to translate */
 	    get_sys_error (_(" Error trying to execute sort command ")));
 	} else {
 	    char q[8];
 	    sprintf (q, "%d ", e);
-	    edit_error_dialog (_(" Sort "), 
+	    edit_error_dialog (_(" Sort "),
 /* Not essential to translate */
 	    catstrs (_(" Sort returned non-zero: "), q, 0));
 	}
@@ -2385,7 +2385,7 @@ void edit_block_process_cmd (WEdit * edit, const char *shell_cmd, int block)
 
     if (block) {
 	if (eval_marks (edit, &start_mark, &end_mark)) {
-	    edit_error_dialog (_(" Process block "), 
+	    edit_error_dialog (_(" Process block "),
 /* Not essential to translate */
 		_(" You must first highlight a block of text. "));
 	    return;
@@ -2415,7 +2415,7 @@ void edit_block_process_cmd (WEdit * edit, const char *shell_cmd, int block)
 	    }
 	} else {
 /* Not essential to translate */
-	    edit_error_dialog (_(" Process block "), 
+	    edit_error_dialog (_(" Process block "),
 /* Not essential to translate */
 	    get_sys_error (_(" Error trying to stat file ")));
 	    return;

rosapps/mc/edit/editdraw.c

@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ void edit_status (WEdit * edit)
 extern int fixed_font;
 
 void rerender_text (CWidget * wdt);
-    
+
 void edit_status (WEdit * edit)
 {
     if ((edit->widget->options & EDITOR_NO_TEXT)) {
@@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ void edit_render (WEdit * edit, int page, int row_start, int col_start, int row_
 #endif
 
     render_edit_text (edit, row_start, col_start, row_end, col_end);
-    if (edit->force)		/* edit->force != 0 means a key was pending and the redraw 
+    if (edit->force)		/* edit->force != 0 means a key was pending and the redraw
 				   was halted, so next time we must redraw everything in case stuff
 				   was left undrawn from a previous key press */
 	edit->force |= REDRAW_PAGE;

rosapps/mc/edit/editmenu.c

@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ extern WMenu *edit_menubar;
 
 #undef edit_message_dialog
 #define edit_message_dialog(w,x,y,h,s) query_dialog (h, s, 0, 1, "&Ok")
-#define CFocus(x) 
+#define CFocus(x)
 
 static void menu_cmd (int i)
 {
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ void edit_wrap_cmd ()
     char *f;
     char s[12];
     sprintf (s, "%d", option_word_wrap_line_length);
-    f = input_dialog (_(" Word wrap "), 
+    f = input_dialog (_(" Word wrap "),
 /* Not essential to translate */
     _(" Enter line length, 0 for off: "), s);
     if (f) {

rosapps/mc/edit/editwidget.c

@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ void link_hscrollbar_to_editor (CWidget * scrollbar, CWidget * editor, XEvent *
     }
 }
 
-/* 
+/*
    This section comes from rxvt-2.21b1/src/screen.c by
    Robert Nation <nation@rocket.sanders.lockheed.com> &
    mods by mj olesen <olesen@me.QueensU.CA>

rosapps/mc/edit/syntax.c

@@ -1054,7 +1054,7 @@ void edit_free_syntax_rules (WEdit * edit)
 
 #define CURRENT_SYNTAX_RULES_VERSION "22"
 
-char *syntax_text = 
+char *syntax_text =
 "# syntax rules version " CURRENT_SYNTAX_RULES_VERSION "\n"
 "# Allowable colors for mc are\n"
 "# (after the slash is a Cooledit color, 0-26 or any of the X colors in rgb.txt)\n"

rosapps/mc/edit/wordproc.c

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
  */
 
 #include <config.h>
@@ -133,8 +133,8 @@ static void strip_newlines (char *t, int size)
 #ifndef MIDNIGHT
 int edit_width_of_long_printable (int c);
 #endif
-/* 
+/*
-   This is a copy of the function 
+   This is a copy of the function
    int calc_text_pos (WEdit * edit, long b, long *q, int l)
    in propfont.c  :(
    It calculates the number of chars in a line specified to length l in pixels
@@ -228,8 +228,8 @@ static void format_this (char *t, int size, int indent)
 	    break;
 	p = word_start (t, q, size);
 	if (p == -1)
-	    q = next_word_start (t, q, size);	/* Return the end of the word if the beginning 
+	    q = next_word_start (t, q, size);	/* Return the end of the word if the beginning
-						   of the word is at the beginning of a line 
+						   of the word is at the beginning of a line
 						   (i.e. a very long word) */
 	else
 	    q = p;

rosapps/mc/pc/chmod.c

@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ struct {
     WCheck      *check;
 } check_perm[PERMISSIONS] = {
 
-    {	
+    {
 	FILE_ARCHIVED, N_("Archive"), 0, 0,
     },
     {
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ static void init_chmod (void)
 
     ch_dlg = create_dlg (0, 0, 22 - single_set, 70, dialog_colors,
 			 chmod_callback, _("[Chmod]"), _("chmod"), DLG_CENTER);
-			
+
     x_set_dialog_title (ch_dlg, _("Chmod command"));
 
 #define XTRACT(i) BY+chmod_but[i].y-single_set, BX+chmod_but[i].x, \
@@ -430,9 +430,9 @@ void chmod_cmd (void)
 	statl = label_new (FY+4, FX+2, buffer, NULL);
 	add_widget (ch_dlg, statl);
 	tk_end_frame ();
-	
+
 	run_dlg (ch_dlg);	/* retrieve an action */
-	
+
 	/* do action */
 	switch (ch_dlg->ret_value){
 	case B_ENTER:
@@ -440,11 +440,11 @@ void chmod_cmd (void)
 		mk_chmod (fname, c_stat);  /*.ado */
 	    need_update = 1;
 	    break;
-	
+
 	case B_CANCEL:
 	    end_chmod = 1;
 	    break;
-	
+
 	case B_ALL:
 	case B_MARKED:
 	    and_mask = or_mask = 0;
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ void chmod_cmd (void)
 
 	    apply_mask (sf_stat);
 	    break;
-	
+
 	case B_SETMRK:
 	    and_mask = or_mask = 0;
 	    and_mask = ~and_mask;

rosapps/mc/pc/config.h

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
 
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Changes:

rosapps/mc/pc/cons_nt.c

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
 /* Client interface for General purpose Win32 console save/restore server
    Having the same interface as its Linux counterpart:
-   	Copyright (C) 1994 Janne Kukonlehto <jtklehto@stekt.oulu.fi> 
+   	Copyright (C) 1994 Janne Kukonlehto <jtklehto@stekt.oulu.fi>
-   
+
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
@@ -14,8 +14,8 @@
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-   
+
    Note:
    	show_console_contents doesn't know how to write to its window
    	the rest works fine.
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ void show_console_contents (int starty, unsigned char begin_line,
 	unsigned char end_line)
 {
     COORD c0 = { 0, 0 };
-    COORD csize; 
+    COORD csize;
     SMALL_RECT rect;
     CHAR_INFO *pchar;
 
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ void show_console_contents (int starty, unsigned char begin_line,
     /* FIXME: this should've work,
        but refresh() is called after this write :-( */
     win32APICALL(WriteConsoleOutput (hNew, pchar, csize, c0, &rect));
-    
+
     free (pchar);
 }
 

rosapps/mc/pc/cons_os2.c

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 /* Client interface for General purpose OS/2 console save/restore server.
         1997 Alexander Dong <ado@software-ag.de>
    Having the same interface as its Linux counterpart:
-   	Copyright (C) 1994 Janne Kukonlehto <jtklehto@stekt.oulu.fi> 
+   	Copyright (C) 1994 Janne Kukonlehto <jtklehto@stekt.oulu.fi>
-   
+
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
@@ -15,8 +15,8 @@
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-   
+
 */
 
 #include <config.h>
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ void handle_console (unsigned char action)
       n = col * row * 2;
       VioWrtCellStr ((PCH) scr_buffer, (USHORT) n, 0, 0, 0); /* Write it back */
       break;
-   default: 
+   default:
       /* This is not possible, but if we are here, just save the screen */
       handle_console(CONSOLE_SAVE);
      break;

rosapps/mc/pc/dirent_nt.c

@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ DIR *opendir (const char * a_dir)
 	char *c_dir = malloc (strlen(a_dir) + 4);
 	strcpy (c_dir, a_dir);
 	strcat (c_dir, "\\*");
-			
+
 	dd_dir->d_handle = FindFirstFile (c_dir, &wfd);
 	if (dd_dir->d_handle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)	{
 		err = GetLastError();
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ DIR *opendir (const char * a_dir)
 	dd_dir->d_size = wfd.nFileSizeLow;
 	strcpy (dd_dir->d_name, wfd.cFileName);
 	dd_dir->d_first = 1;
-	
+
 	free (c_dir);
 	return dd_dir;
 }
@@ -51,12 +51,12 @@ DIR *readdir( DIR * dd_dir)
 {
 	int err;
 	WIN32_FIND_DATA wfd;
-	
+
 	if (dd_dir->d_first) {
 		dd_dir->d_first = 0;
 		return dd_dir;
 	}
-			
+
 	if(!FindNextFile (dd_dir->d_handle, &wfd)) {
 		err = GetLastError();
 		switch (err) {
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ DIR *readdir( DIR * dd_dir)
 	dd_dir->d_size         = wfd.nFileSizeLow;
 	strcpy (dd_dir->d_name, wfd.cFileName);
 	return dd_dir;
-}		  
+}
 
 int closedir (DIR *dd_dir)
 {

rosapps/mc/pc/dirent_os2.c

@@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ DIR *opendir (const char * a_dir)
 	strcpy (c_dir, a_dir);
 	strcat (c_dir, "\\*.*");
         dd_dir->d_handle = (unsigned long*) HDIR_CREATE;
-        
+
-        rc = DosFindFirst(c_dir, 
+        rc = DosFindFirst(c_dir,
             (PHDIR) &dd_dir->d_handle,
             FILE_SYSTEM | FILE_HIDDEN | FILE_DIRECTORY,
             (PVOID) &FindBuffer,
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ DIR *opendir (const char * a_dir)
 	    case ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW:
 		errno = ENOMEM;
 		break;
-	    default: 
+	    default:
 		errno = EINVAL;
 		break;
 	    }
@@ -50,11 +50,11 @@ DIR *opendir (const char * a_dir)
 	    return NULL;
         }
 	dd_dir->d_attr = FindBuffer.attrFile;
-	dd_dir->d_time = dd_dir->d_date = 10; 
+	dd_dir->d_time = dd_dir->d_date = 10;
 	dd_dir->d_size = FindBuffer.cbFile;
 	strcpy (dd_dir->d_name, FindBuffer.achName);
 	dd_dir->d_first = 1;
-	
+
 	free (c_dir);
 	return dd_dir;
 }
@@ -65,13 +65,13 @@ DIR *readdir( DIR * dd_dir)
         FILEFINDBUF3    FindBuffer = {0};
         ULONG           FileCount  = 1;
 	DIR             *ret_dir = (DIR*) malloc (sizeof(DIR));
-	
+
 	if (dd_dir->d_first) {
 		dd_dir->d_first = 0;
 		return dd_dir;
 	}
 
-        rc = DosFindNext((HDIR) dd_dir->d_handle, 			
+        rc = DosFindNext((HDIR) dd_dir->d_handle,
                         (PVOID) &FindBuffer,
                         sizeof(FILEFINDBUF3),
                         &FileCount);
@@ -86,19 +86,19 @@ DIR *readdir( DIR * dd_dir)
 	    case ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW:
 		errno = ENOMEM;
 		break;
-	    default: 
+	    default:
 		errno = EINVAL;
 		break;
 	    }
 	    return NULL;
         }
 
-	ret_dir->d_attr = FindBuffer.attrFile; 
+	ret_dir->d_attr = FindBuffer.attrFile;
 	ret_dir->d_time = ret_dir->d_date = 10;
 	ret_dir->d_size = FindBuffer.cbFile;
 	strcpy (ret_dir->d_name, FindBuffer.achName);
 	return ret_dir;
-}		  
+}
 
 int closedir (DIR *dd_dir)
 {

rosapps/mc/pc/drive.c

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 /* Ch-Drive command for Windows NT and OS/2
-   
+
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
@@ -12,11 +12,11 @@
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-   
+
    Bug:
    	the code will not work if you have more drives than those that
-   	can fit in a panel.  
+   	can fit in a panel.
    */
 
 #include <config.h>
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ static void drive_cmd(void);
 #define B_DRIVE_BASE 100
 #define MAX_LGH 13		/* Length for drives */
 
-static void drive_cmd()			
+static void drive_cmd()
 {
     int  i, nNewDrive, nDrivesAvail;
     char szTempBuf[7], szDrivesAvail[27*4], *p;
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ static void drive_cmd()
 
     /* Create Dialog */
     do_refresh ();
-	
+
     m_drv = ((nDrivesAvail > MAX_LGH) ? MAX_LGH: nDrivesAvail);
     /* Center on x, relative to panel */
     x_pos = this_panel->widget.x + (this_panel->widget.cols - m_drv*3)/2 + 2;
@@ -128,14 +128,14 @@ static void drive_cmd()
 		XV_WLAY_RIGHTOF);
     }
 
-    run_dlg(drive_dlg);   
+    run_dlg(drive_dlg);
 
     /* do action */
     if (drive_dlg->ret_value != B_CANCEL) {
 	int  errocc = 0; /* no error */
 	int  rtn;
 	char drvLetter;
-	
+
 	/* Set the Panel to Directory listing mode first */
 	int is_right=(this_panel==right_panel);
 
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ static void drive_cmd()
 #else
 	rtn = DosSetDefaultDisk(nNewDrive + 1);
 #endif
-	if (rtn == -1) 
+	if (rtn == -1)
 		errocc = 1;
 	else {
 		getcwd (this_panel->cwd, sizeof (this_panel->cwd)-2);
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ void drive_cmd_a()
 }
 
 void drive_cmd_b()
-{                                  
+{
     this_panel = right_panel;
     drive_cmd();
 }

rosapps/mc/pc/key_nt.c

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
 
   Bugs:
     Have trouble with non-US keyboards, "Alt-gr"+keys (API tells CTRL-ALT is pressed)
@@ -61,15 +61,15 @@ struct {
     { KEY_F(10), VK_F10 },
     { KEY_F(11), VK_F11 },
     { KEY_F(12), VK_F12 },
-    { KEY_F(13), VK_F13 }, 
+    { KEY_F(13), VK_F13 },
     { KEY_F(14), VK_F14 },
     { KEY_F(15), VK_F15 },
     { KEY_F(16), VK_F16 },
     { KEY_F(17), VK_F17 },
     { KEY_F(18), VK_F18 },
     { KEY_F(19), VK_F19 },
-    { KEY_F(20), VK_F20 },	
+    { KEY_F(20), VK_F20 },
-    { KEY_IC,    VK_INSERT },		
+    { KEY_IC,    VK_INSERT },
     { KEY_DC,    VK_DELETE },
     { KEY_BACKSPACE, VK_BACK },
 
@@ -85,13 +85,13 @@ struct {
     { ALT('*'),  VK_MULTIPLY },
     { ALT('+'),  VK_ADD },
     { ALT('-'),  VK_SUBTRACT },
-    
+
     { ALT('\t'), VK_PAUSE }, /* Added to make Complete work press Pause */
 
     { ESC_CHAR, VK_ESCAPE },
 
     { 0, 0}
-};		
+};
 
 /*  init_key  - Called in main.c to initialize ourselves
 		Get handle to console input
@@ -103,14 +103,14 @@ void init_key (void)
 
 int ctrl_pressed ()
 {
-    if(dwSaved_ControlState & RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED) return 0; 
+    if(dwSaved_ControlState & RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED) return 0;
     /* The line above fixes the BUG with the AltGr Keys*/
     return dwSaved_ControlState & (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED);
 }
 
 int shift_pressed ()
 {
-    if(dwSaved_ControlState & RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED) return 0; 
+    if(dwSaved_ControlState & RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED) return 0;
     /* The line above fixes the BUG with the AltGr Keys*/
     return dwSaved_ControlState & SHIFT_PRESSED;
 }
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ static int VKtoCurses (int a_vkc)
 {
     int i;
 
-    for (i = 0; key_table[i].vkcode != 0; i++) 
+    for (i = 0; key_table[i].vkcode != 0; i++)
 	if (a_vkc == key_table[i].vkcode) {
 	    return key_table[i].key_code;
 	}
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ int get_key_code (int no_delay)
 	if (!dw)
 	    return 0;
     }
- 
+
     do {
 	win32APICALL(ReadConsoleInput(hConsoleInput, &ir, 1, &dw));
 	switch (ir.EventType) {
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ int get_key_code (int no_delay)
 			evSaved_Event.type = GPM_DOWN | GPM_DOUBLE;
 			break;
 		};
-		return 0;	
+		return 0;
 	}
     } while (!no_delay);
     return 0;
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ int get_event (Gpm_Event *event, int redo_event, int block)
 	dirty++;
 
     vfs_timeout_handler ();
-    
+
     c = block ? getch_with_delay () : get_key_code (1);
 
     if (!c) {
@@ -270,16 +270,16 @@ int mi_getch ()
 {
     Gpm_Event ev;
     int       key;
-    
+
     while ((key = get_event (&ev, 0, 1)) == 0)
 	;
     return key;
 }
 
-/* 
+/*
    is_idle -    A function to check if we're idle.
-		It checks for any waiting event  (that can be a Key, Mouse event, 
+		It checks for any waiting event  (that can be a Key, Mouse event,
-   		and other internal events like focus or menu) 
+   		and other internal events like focus or menu)
 */
 int is_idle (void)
 {

rosapps/mc/pc/key_os2.c

@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
 
 */
 
@@ -86,9 +86,9 @@ static int VKtoCurses (int vkcode);
                                                    ALT(F12): 8c00
 
            Mapping for ALT(key_code):
-                For Mapping with normal keys, only the scan code can be 
+                For Mapping with normal keys, only the scan code can be
                 used. (see struct ALT_table)
-        
+
    Special keys:
         ENTER (number block): 0xaaaaE00D
         + (number block):     0xaaaa4E2B        Normal: 1B2B
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ struct {
     { KEY_F(11), 0x85 },
     { KEY_F(12), 0x86 },
     { 0, 0}
-};		
+};
 
 
 struct {
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ struct {
     { ALT(KEY_F(11)),  0x8B },
     { ALT(KEY_F(12)),  0x8C },
     { 0, 0}
-};		
+};
 
 
 struct {
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ struct {
     { KEY_HOME,  0x47 },
     { KEY_END,	 0x4F },
     { 0, 0}
-};		
+};
 
 
 /*  init_key -- to make linker happy */
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ static int push_char (int c)
 {
     if (!seq_append)
 	seq_append = seq_buffer;
-    
+
     if (seq_append == &(seq_buffer [sizeof (seq_buffer)-2]))
 	return 0;
     *(seq_append++) = c;
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ int get_key_code (int no_delay)
         if (inp_ch == 0) {
            return 0;
         }
-    } 
+    }
 
     if (no_delay) {
        return (VKtoCurses(inp_ch));
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ static int VKtoCurses (int a_vkc)
 {
    int ctrlState = 0;
    int altState  = 0;
-   
+
    int  fsState;
    char scanCode;
    char asciiCode;
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ static int VKtoCurses (int a_vkc)
 
    scanCode = (char) ((a_vkc & 0x0000FFFF) >> 8);
    asciiCode = (char) (a_vkc & 0x000000FF);
-   
+
    ctrlState  = (fsState & CTRL_PRESSED);
    altState   = (fsState & ALT_PRESSED);
 
@@ -295,20 +295,20 @@ static int VKtoCurses (int a_vkc)
    /* Scan Movement codes */
    if (asciiCode == 0) {
       /* Replace key code with that in table */
-      for (i=0;  movement[i].vkcode != 0 || movement[i].key_code != 0; i++) 
+      for (i=0;  movement[i].vkcode != 0 || movement[i].key_code != 0; i++)
-	if (scanCode == movement[i].vkcode) 
+	if (scanCode == movement[i].vkcode)
   	     return (movement[i].key_code);
    }
 
    if (asciiCode == 0) {
       /* Function-key detected */
-      for (i=0;  fkt_table[i].vkcode != 0 || fkt_table[i].key_code != 0; i++) 
+      for (i=0;  fkt_table[i].vkcode != 0 || fkt_table[i].key_code != 0; i++)
-	if (scanCode == fkt_table[i].vkcode) 
+	if (scanCode == fkt_table[i].vkcode)
   	     return (fkt_table[i].key_code);
       /* ALT - KEY */
       /* if (altState) */ {
-         for (i=0;  ALT_table[i].vkcode != 0 || ALT_table[i].key_code != 0; i++) 
+         for (i=0;  ALT_table[i].vkcode != 0 || ALT_table[i].key_code != 0; i++)
-                if (scanCode == ALT_table[i].vkcode) 
+                if (scanCode == ALT_table[i].vkcode)
                  	     return (ALT_table[i].key_code);
       }
    }
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ int get_event (Gpm_Event *event, int redo_event, int block)
 	dirty++;
 
     vfs_timeout_handler ();
-    
+
     c = block ? getch_with_delay () : get_key_code (1);
     if (!c) {
 	/* Code is 0, so this is a Control key or mouse event */
@@ -364,17 +364,17 @@ int mi_getch ()
 {
     Gpm_Event ev;
     int       key;
-    
+
     while ((key = get_event (&ev, 0, 1)) == 0)
 	;
     return key;
 }
 
 
-/* 
+/*
    is_idle -    A function to check if we're idle.
-		It checks for any waiting event  (that can be a Key, Mouse event, 
+		It checks for any waiting event  (that can be a Key, Mouse event,
-   		and other internal events like focus or menu) 
+   		and other internal events like focus or menu)
 */
 int is_idle (void)
 {

rosapps/mc/pc/slint_pc.c

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 /* Slang interface to the Midnight Commander for Windows NT and OS/2
    This emulates some features of ncurses on top of slang
    S-lang is not fully consistent between its Unix and non-Unix versions.
-   
+
-      
+
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ int got_interrupt ()
 void slang_init (void)
 {
     SLtt_get_terminfo ();
-    SLang_init_tty (XCTRL('c'), 1, 0);	
+    SLang_init_tty (XCTRL('c'), 1, 0);
     slang_prog_mode ();
     load_terminfo_keys ();
 }
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ void hline (int ch, int len)
 
     last_x = SLsmg_get_column ();
     last_y = SLsmg_get_row ();
-    
+
     if (ch == 0)
 	ch = ACS_HLINE;
 
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ int has_colors ()
     /* No terminals on NT, make default color */
     if (!disable_colors)
     	SLtt_Use_Ansi_Colors = 1;
-    
+
     /* Setup emulated colors */
     if (SLtt_Use_Ansi_Colors){
         /* DO NOT TRANSLATE WITH gettext SYNTAX coloring will be broken */
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ void attrset (int color)
 	SLsmg_set_color (color);
 	return;
     }
-    
+
     if (color & A_BOLD){
 	if (color == A_BOLD)
 	    SLsmg_set_color (A_BOLD);
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ void attrset (int color)
     else
 	SLsmg_set_color (color);
 }
-	
+
 void load_terminfo_keys ()
 {
 }

rosapps/mc/pc/trace_nt.c

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 /* trace_nt.c - Debugging routines
 		  for Midnight Commander, under Win32
-   
+
    Written 951215 by Juan Grigera <grigera@isis.unlp.edu.ar>
- 
+
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
  */
 #include <config.h>
 #ifdef HAVE_TRACE
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 #include "trace_nt.h"
 
 /* Global variables */
-int __win32_tracing_enabled = 1;  
+int __win32_tracing_enabled = 1;
 
 static int _win32_tracing_started = 0;
 static FILE *__win32_trace_f = NULL;
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ static char *visbuf(const char *buf);
 
 /*
     void _win32InitTrace()
-	This func will open file TRACE_FILE for output and add _win32EndTrace to onexit 
+	This func will open file TRACE_FILE for output and add _win32EndTrace to onexit
 	list of funcs.
  */
 static void _win32InitTrace()
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ static void _win32EndTrace()
 		_win32_tracing_started = 0;
 		if (__win32_trace_f)
 			fclose (__win32_trace_f);
-	}	
+	}
 
 }
 
@@ -102,12 +102,12 @@ void _win32Trace (const char *fmt, ...)
 	#endif
 #endif
 
-	if(__win32_trace_f) 
+	if(__win32_trace_f)
 		fprintf (__win32_trace_f, "%s\n", vp);
 }
 
 /*
-	void SetTrace (int trace) 
+	void SetTrace (int trace)
 	Control debug output. Turn it of or on.
 		trace: 0 = off, 1 = on.
  */

rosapps/mc/pc/trace_nt.h

@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
  */
 
 /* ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ *
@@ -27,11 +27,11 @@
 /************************/
 
 /* Macros
-   ------ 
+   ------
    	win32Trace(x)	  - Trace macro. Use double in parenthesis for x. Same args as printf.
-	win32ASSERT(x)	  - assert macro, but will not abort program and output sent to trace routine.	
+	win32ASSERT(x)	  - assert macro, but will not abort program and output sent to trace routine.
-	win32APICALL(x)  - Use to enclose a Win32 system call that should return TRUE. 
+	win32APICALL(x)  - Use to enclose a Win32 system call that should return TRUE.
-	win32APICALL_HANDLE(h,api)  - Use to enclose a Win32 system call that should return a handle. 
+	win32APICALL_HANDLE(h,api)  - Use to enclose a Win32 system call that should return a handle.
 */
 #define win32Trace(x)				if (__win32_tracing_enabled) 	_win32Trace x
 #define win32ASSERT(x)				if (!(x))    _win32DebugAssertionFailed (#x, __LINE__, __FILE__)
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ void _win32TraceOff (void);
 #define TraceOff	_win32TraceOff
 
 /* Global variables  */
-extern int __win32_tracing_enabled;  
+extern int __win32_tracing_enabled;
 
 #else
 /************************/
@@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ extern int __win32_tracing_enabled;
 /************************/
 
 /* Wipe-out these macros */
-#define win32Trace(x)		
+#define win32Trace(x)
-#define win32ASSERT(x)		
+#define win32ASSERT(x)
 #define win32APICALL(x) 			x
 #define win32APICALL_HANDLE(h,api)	h=api;
 

rosapps/mc/pc/util_nt.c

@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ int my_system (int as_shell_command, const char *shell, const char *command)
 /* .ado: temp. turn out */
     if (as_shell_command) {
 		/* It is only the shell, /c will not work */
-		if (command) 
+		if (command)
 			spawnlp (P_WAIT, shell, shell, "/c", command, (char *) 0);
 		else
 			spawnlp (P_WAIT, shell, (char *) 0);
@@ -155,11 +155,11 @@ int my_system (int as_shell_command, const char *shell, const char *command)
 #endif
     if (as_shell_command) {
 	if (!access(command, 0)) {
-	    switch(win32_GetEXEType (shell)) {	
+	    switch(win32_GetEXEType (shell)) {
 		case EXE_win16:			/* Windows 3.x archive or OS/2 */
 		case EXE_win32GUI:		/* NT or Chicago GUI API */
 		    spawnlp (P_NOWAIT, shell, shell, "/c", command, (char *) 0);   /* don't wait for GUI programs to end */
-		    break;			
+		    break;
 		case EXE_otherCUI:		/* DOS COM, MZ, ZM, Phar Lap */
 		case EXE_win32CUI:		/* NT or Chicago Console API, also OS/2 */
 		case EXE_Unknown:
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ int my_system (int as_shell_command, const char *shell, const char *command)
 */
 char* get_default_shell()
 {
-    if (win32_GetPlatform() == OS_WinNT) 
+    if (win32_GetPlatform() == OS_WinNT)
 	return "cmd.exe";
     else
 	return "command.com";
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ char *canonicalize_pathname (char *path)
 	        continue;
 	    }
 
-	    /* Handle `../' or trailing `..' by itself. 
+	    /* Handle `../' or trailing `..' by itself.
 	       Remove the previous ?/ part with the exception of
 	       ../, which we should leave intact. */
 	    if (path[i + 1] == '.' && (path[i + 2] == PATH_SEP || !path[i + 2])) {
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ char *canonicalize_pathname (char *path)
 }
 
 #ifndef USE_VFS
-/* 
+/*
    int mc_rmdir (char *path);
    Fix for Win95 UGLY BUG in rmdir: it will return ENOACCESS instead
    of ENOTEMPTY.
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ static int conv_nt_unx_rc(int rc)
    return errCode;
 }
 
-/* 
+/*
    int mc_unlink (char *pathName)
    For Windows 95 and NT, files should be able to be deleted even
    if they don't have write-protection. We should build a question box
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ int mc_unlink (char *pathName)
 		}
 	}
 	if (rc == TRUE) return 0;
-	else 
+	else
 		return -1;
 }
 #endif /*USE_VFS*/
@@ -426,9 +426,9 @@ void my_statfs (struct my_statfs *myfs_stats, char *path)
 
        /* KBytes available */
        myfs_stats->avail = (unsigned int)( ((double)lpSectorsPerCluster * lpBytesPerSector * lpFreeClusters) / 1024 );
-       
+
        /* KBytes total */
-       myfs_stats->total = (unsigned int)( ((double)lpSectorsPerCluster * lpBytesPerSector * lpClusters) / 1024 ); 
+       myfs_stats->total = (unsigned int)( ((double)lpSectorsPerCluster * lpBytesPerSector * lpClusters) / 1024 );
        myfs_stats->nfree = lpFreeClusters;
        myfs_stats->nodes = lpClusters;
 
@@ -493,9 +493,9 @@ void my_statfs (struct my_statfs *myfs_stats, char *path)
 int gettimeofday (struct timeval* tvp, void *p)
 {
     if (p != NULL)
-	return 0;	
+	return 0;
-    
+
- /* Since MC only calls this func from get_random_hint we return 
+ /* Since MC only calls this func from get_random_hint we return
     some value, not exactly the "correct" one */
     tvp->tv_sec = GetTickCount()/1000; 	/* Number of milliseconds since Windows //started*/
     tvp->tv_usec = GetTickCount();
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ int gettimeofday (struct timeval* tvp, void *p)
 
 /* FAKE functions */
 
-int 
+int
 look_for_exe(const char* pathname)
 {
    int j;
@@ -517,9 +517,9 @@ look_for_exe(const char* pathname)
       for (j=0; j<lgh-4; j++) {
          p++;
       } /* endfor */
-      if (!stricmp(p, ".exe") || 
+      if (!stricmp(p, ".exe") ||
-          !stricmp(p, ".bat") || 
+          !stricmp(p, ".bat") ||
-          !stricmp(p, ".com") || 
+          !stricmp(p, ".com") ||
           !stricmp(p, ".cmd")) {
          return 1;
       }
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ look_for_exe(const char* pathname)
    return 0;
 }
 
-int 
+int
 lstat (const char* pathname, struct stat *buffer)
 {
    int rc = stat (pathname, buffer);
@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ lstat (const char* pathname, struct stat *buffer)
    return rc;
 }
 
-int getuid ()	      
+int getuid ()
 {
 /*    SID sid;
     LookupAccountName (NULL, &sid...
@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ int getuid ()
     return 0;
 }
 
-int getgid ()	      
+int getgid ()
 {
     return 0;
 }
@@ -638,13 +638,13 @@ int mc_doublepopen (int inhandle, int inlen, pid_t *the_pid, char *command, ...)
 	// Duplicate copy of original stdout back into stdout
 	if(_dup2(std_sav[1], _fileno(stdout)) != 0)
    	    exit (1);
-	// Close duplicate copy of original stdout  and stdin    
+	// Close duplicate copy of original stdout  and stdin
 	close(std_sav[0]);
 	close(std_sav[1]);
 
 
 	while ((i = _read (inhandle, buffer,
-							 (inlen == -1 || inlen > 8192) 
+							 (inlen == -1 || inlen > 8192)
 							 ? 8192 : inlen)) > 0) {
 		write (pipe0 [1], buffer, i);
 		if (inlen != -1) {
@@ -662,10 +662,10 @@ int mc_doublepopen (int inhandle, int inlen, pid_t *the_pid, char *command, ...)
 int mc_doublepclose (int pipe, pid_t pid)
 {
     int status = 0;
-    
+
     close (pipe);
     _cwait ( &status, pid, 0);
-    return status;	
+    return status;
 }
 
 /*hacks to get it compile, remove these after vfs works */

rosapps/mc/pc/util_os2.c

@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
@@ -75,19 +75,19 @@ static int old_error;		/* File descriptor of old standard error */
 /* Creates a pipe to hold standard error for a later analysis. */
 /* The pipe can hold 4096 bytes. Make sure no more is written */
 /* or a deadlock might occur. */
-void 
+void
 open_error_pipe (void)
 {
    return;
 }
 
-void 
+void
 close_error_pipe (int error, char *text)
 {
    return;
 }
 
-void 
+void
 check_error_pipe (void)
 {
     char error[MAX_PIPE_SIZE];
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ check_error_pipe (void)
 }
 
 
-static int 
+static int
 StartWindowsProg (char *name, SHORT type)
 {
 #if 0 /* FIXME: PM DDL's should be loaded (or not loaded) at run time */
@@ -141,25 +141,25 @@ StartWindowsProg (char *name, SHORT type)
       pDetails.progt.progc = PROG_31_ENHSEAMLESSCOMMON ;
      break;
    }
-   WinStartApp(NULLHANDLE, 
+   WinStartApp(NULLHANDLE,
-               &pDetails, 
+               &pDetails,
-               NULL, 
+               NULL,
-               NULL, 
+               NULL,
                SAF_INSTALLEDCMDLINE|SAF_STARTCHILDAPP) ;
 #endif
    return 0;
 }
 
 
-static int 
+static int
 os2_system (int as_shell_command, const char *shell, const char *command, char *parm);
 
-/* 
+/*
   as_shell_command = 1: If a program is started during input line, CTRL-O
-                        or RETURN 
+                        or RETURN
                    = 0: F3, F4
 */
-int 
+int
 my_system (int as_shell_command, const char *shell, const char *command)
 {
    char *sh;            /* This is the shell -- always! */
@@ -170,9 +170,9 @@ my_system (int as_shell_command, const char *shell, const char *command)
 
    sh = get_default_shell();
    if (strcmp(sh, shell)) {
-      /* 
+      /*
          Not equal  -- That means: shell is the program and command is the
-         parameter 
+         parameter
       */
       cmd  = (char *) shell;
       parm = (char *) command;
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ my_system (int as_shell_command, const char *shell, const char *command)
             if (command[i] == ' ') {
                temp[i] = (char) 0;
                length--;
-            } else 
+            } else
                 break;
          }
          if (i==-1) {
@@ -205,30 +205,30 @@ my_system (int as_shell_command, const char *shell, const char *command)
    return os2_system (as_shell_command, sh, cmd, parm);
 }
 
-static int 
+static int
-ux_startp (const char *shell, const char *command, const char *parm) 
+ux_startp (const char *shell, const char *command, const char *parm)
 {
     if (parm) {
-         spawnlp (P_WAIT, 
+         spawnlp (P_WAIT,
-              (char *) shell, 
+              (char *) shell,
-              (char *) shell, 
+              (char *) shell,
-              "/c", 
+              "/c",
-              (char *) command, 
+              (char *) command,
               (char *) parm,
               (char *) 0);
     } else {
-         spawnlp (P_WAIT, 
+         spawnlp (P_WAIT,
-              (char *) shell, 
+              (char *) shell,
-              (char *) shell, 
+              (char *) shell,
-              "/c", 
+              "/c",
-              (char *) command, 
+              (char *) command,
               (char *) 0);
     }
     return 0;
 }
 
 
-static int 
+static int
 os2_system (int as_shell_command, const char *shell, const char *command, char *parm)
 {
    register int i, j;
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ os2_system (int as_shell_command, const char *shell, const char *command, char *
    APIRET       rc = NO_ERROR;                  /* Return Code */
    char         pathValue[5] = "PATH";          /* For DosSearchPath */
    UCHAR        searchResult[MC_MAXPATHLEN * 2 + 1];     /* For DosSearchPath */
-   
+
    char         *cmdString;
    char         *postFix[3];
    char         *line;
@@ -248,26 +248,26 @@ os2_system (int as_shell_command, const char *shell, const char *command, char *
 
    if (command == NULL) {
       /* .ado: just start a shell, we don't need the parameter */
-      spawnl (P_WAIT, 
+      spawnl (P_WAIT,
-              (char *) shell, 
+              (char *) shell,
-              (char *) shell, 
+              (char *) shell,
-              (char *) command, (char *) 0);  
+              (char *) command, (char *) 0);
       return 0;
    }
 
    memset(&StartData, 0, sizeof(StartData)) ;
-   StartData.Length             = sizeof(StartData);    
+   StartData.Length             = sizeof(StartData);
    StartData.Related            = SSF_RELATED_CHILD;
    StartData.FgBg               = SSF_FGBG_BACK;
-   StartData.TraceOpt           = SSF_TRACEOPT_NONE;   
+   StartData.TraceOpt           = SSF_TRACEOPT_NONE;
-   StartData.PgmTitle           = NULL;                
+   StartData.PgmTitle           = NULL;
-   StartData.TermQ              = NULL;                 
+   StartData.TermQ              = NULL;
    StartData.InheritOpt         = SSF_INHERTOPT_PARENT;
-   StartData.IconFile           = 0;              
+   StartData.IconFile           = 0;
-   StartData.PgmHandle          = 0;             
+   StartData.PgmHandle          = 0;
-   StartData.PgmControl         = SSF_CONTROL_VISIBLE ; 
+   StartData.PgmControl         = SSF_CONTROL_VISIBLE ;
-   StartData.ObjectBuffer       = ObjBuf;          
+   StartData.ObjectBuffer       = ObjBuf;
-   StartData.ObjectBuffLen      = 100;            
+   StartData.ObjectBuffLen      = 100;
    StartData.PgmInputs          = parm;
 
    postFix[0] = ".exe";
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ os2_system (int as_shell_command, const char *shell, const char *command, char *
                             sizeof(searchResult));
       }
       free (line);
-   } else {         
+   } else {
       /* Just search */
       rc = DosSearchPath((SEARCH_IGNORENETERRS | SEARCH_ENVIRONMENT | SEARCH_CUR_DIRECTORY),
                          (PSZ) pathValue,
@@ -350,9 +350,9 @@ os2_system (int as_shell_command, const char *shell, const char *command, char *
    } else {
       /* It's not a known exe type or it's a CMD/BAT file */
       i = strlen(searchResult);
-      if ((toupper(searchResult[--i]) == 'T') && 
+      if ((toupper(searchResult[--i]) == 'T') &&
-          (toupper(searchResult[--i]) == 'A') &&  
+          (toupper(searchResult[--i]) == 'A') &&
-          (toupper(searchResult[--i]) == 'B') &&  
+          (toupper(searchResult[--i]) == 'B') &&
           (searchResult[--i] == '.')   ) {
         StartData.SessionType = PROG_WINDOWEDVDM;
         rc = DosStartSession(&StartData, &SessionID, &pid) ;
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ canonicalize_pathname (char *path)
 	        continue;
 	    }
 
-	    /* Handle `../' or trailing `..' by itself. 
+	    /* Handle `../' or trailing `..' by itself.
 	       Remove the previous ?/ part with the exception of
 	       ../, which we should leave intact. */
 	    if (path[i + 1] == '.' && (path[i + 2] == PATH_SEP || !path[i + 2])) {
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ canonicalize_pathname (char *path)
 }
 
 
-void 
+void
 my_statfs (struct my_statfs *myfs_stats, char *path)
 {
     PFSALLOCATE pBuf;
@@ -483,15 +483,15 @@ my_statfs (struct my_statfs *myfs_stats, char *path)
     /* KBytes available */
     myfs_stats->avail = pBuf->cSectorUnit * pBuf->cUnitAvail * pBuf->cbSector / 1024;
     /* KBytes total */
-    myfs_stats->total = pBuf->cSectorUnit * pBuf->cUnit * pBuf->cbSector / 1024; 
+    myfs_stats->total = pBuf->cSectorUnit * pBuf->cUnit * pBuf->cbSector / 1024;
     myfs_stats->nfree = pBuf->cUnitAvail;
     myfs_stats->nodes = pBuf->cbSector;
 
     lghBuf  = sizeof(FSINFO);
     pFsInfo = (PFSINFO) malloc(lghBuf);
-    rc      = DosQueryFSInfo(0L, 
+    rc      = DosQueryFSInfo(0L,
-                             FSIL_VOLSER, 
+                             FSIL_VOLSER,
-                             (PVOID) pFsInfo, 
+                             (PVOID) pFsInfo,
                              lghBuf);
     /* Get name */
     myfs_stats->device = strdup(pFsInfo->vol.szVolLabel);    /* Label of the Disk */
@@ -501,10 +501,10 @@ my_statfs (struct my_statfs *myfs_stats, char *path)
 
     szDeviceName[0] = (UCHAR) (diskNum + (ULONG) 'A' - 1);
     /* Now get the type of the disk */
-    rc = DosQueryFSAttach(szDeviceName, 
+    rc = DosQueryFSAttach(szDeviceName,
-                          0L, 
+                          0L,
-                          FSAIL_QUERYNAME, 
+                          FSAIL_QUERYNAME,
-                          pfsqBuffer, 
+                          pfsqBuffer,
                           &cbBuffer);
 
     pszFSDName = pfsqBuffer->szName + pfsqBuffer->cbName + 1;
@@ -524,14 +524,14 @@ my_statfs (struct my_statfs *myfs_stats, char *path)
     free(pFsInfo);
 }
 
-int 
+int
 gettimeofday (struct timeval* tvp, void *p)
 {
    DATETIME     pdt = {0};
    if (p != NULL)		/* what is "p"? */
-	return 0;	
+	return 0;
-	
+
-    /* Since MC only calls this func from get_random_hint we return 
+    /* Since MC only calls this func from get_random_hint we return
      * some value, not exactly the "correct" one
      */
     DosGetDateTime(&pdt);
@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ gettimeofday (struct timeval* tvp, void *p)
 
 /* FAKE functions */
 
-int 
+int
 look_for_exe(const char* pathname)
 {
    int j;
@@ -557,9 +557,9 @@ look_for_exe(const char* pathname)
       for (j=0; j<lgh-4; j++) {
          p++;
       }
-      if (!stricmp(p, ".exe") || 
+      if (!stricmp(p, ".exe") ||
-          !stricmp(p, ".bat") || 
+          !stricmp(p, ".bat") ||
-          !stricmp(p, ".com") || 
+          !stricmp(p, ".com") ||
           !stricmp(p, ".cmd")) {
          return 1;
       }
@@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ look_for_exe(const char* pathname)
    return 0;
 }
 
-int 
+int
 lstat (const char* pathname, struct stat *buffer)
 {
    int rc = stat (pathname, buffer);
@@ -583,61 +583,61 @@ lstat (const char* pathname, struct stat *buffer)
    return rc;
 }
 
-int 
+int
-getuid ()	      
+getuid ()
 {
     return 0;
 }
 
-int 
+int
-getgid ()	      
+getgid ()
 {
     return 0;
 }
 
-int 
+int
 readlink (char* path, char* buf, int size)
 {
     return -1;
 }
 
-int 
+int
 symlink (char *n1, char *n2)
 {
     return -1;
 }
 
-int 
+int
 link (char *p1, char *p2)
 {
     return -1;
 }
 
-int 
+int
 chown (char *path, int owner, int group)
 {
     return -1;
 }
 
-int 
+int
 mknod (char *path, int mode, int dev)
 {
     return -1;
 }
 
-void 
+void
 init_uid_gid_cache (void)
 {
     return;
 }
 
-int 
+int
 mc_doublepopen (int inhandle, int inlen, pid_t *the_pid, char *command, ...)
 {
 	return 0;
 }
 
-int 
+int
 mc_doublepclose (int pipe, pid_t pid)
 {
 	return 0;
@@ -650,13 +650,13 @@ vfs_get_current_dir (void)
 	return NULL;
 }
 
-int 
+int
 vfs_current_is_extfs (void)
 {
 	return 0;
 }
 
-int 
+int
 vfs_file_is_ftp (char *filename)
 {
 	return 0;
@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ mc_chdir(char *pathname)
       /* First set the default drive */
       if (lgh > 1) {
          if (pathname[1] == ':') {
-             ret = DosSetDefaultDisk(toupper(pathname[0]) - 'A' + 1); 
+             ret = DosSetDefaultDisk(toupper(pathname[0]) - 'A' + 1);
          }
       }
       /* After that, set the current dir! */
@@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ mc_chdir(char *pathname)
    }
    return ret;
 }
- 
+
 int
 mc_chmod(char *pathName, int unxmode)
 {
@@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ conv_os2_unx_rc(int os2rc)
       case ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER:
          errCode = EINVAL;
          break;
-      default: 
+      default:
          errCode = EINVAL;
         break;
    }
@@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ mc_open (char *file, int flags, int pmode)
 int
 mc_unlink(char *pathName)
 {
-   /* Use OS/2 API to delete a file, if the file is set as read-only, 
+   /* Use OS/2 API to delete a file, if the file is set as read-only,
       the file will be deleted without asking the user! */
    APIRET       rc;
    rc = DosDelete(pathName);
@@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ get_default_editor (void)
 	APIRET  rc;
 	char    pathValue[5] = "PATH";
 	UCHAR   searchResult[MC_MAXPATHLEN + 1];
-	
+
         /* EPM is not always be installed */
 	rc = DosSearchPath((SEARCH_IGNORENETERRS | SEARCH_ENVIRONMENT | SEARCH_CUR_DIRECTORY),
 			   (PSZ) pathValue,

rosapps/mc/pc/util_win32.c

@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
 */
 
 #include <config.h>
@@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ int win32_GetPlatform ()
     return (platform ? platform : (platform = win32_GetVersionEx()) );
 }
 
-/* int win32_GetVersionEx () 
+/* int win32_GetVersionEx ()
-   intended for use by win32_GetPlatform only 
+   intended for use by win32_GetPlatform only
 */
 int win32_GetVersionEx ()
 {
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ int win32_GetEXEType (const char* a_szFileName)
 	    return EXE_Unknown;			/* FIXME: what is "NATIVE??" */
 	default:
             win32Trace(("Unknown type %u.\n", image_optional_header.Subsystem));
-	    return EXE_Unknown;			
+	    return EXE_Unknown;
     }
 #else
     return EXE_Unknown;

rosapps/mc/pc/util_win32.h

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
 */
 
 /* Prototypes */

rosapps/mc/pc/util_winnt.c

@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
 */
 #include <config.h>
 #include <windows.h>
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
    	   0 if not
 
    Note:  Code taken from MSKbase Number: Q118626.
-   
+
    To determine whether or not a user is an administrator, you need to examine
    the user's access token with GetTokenInformation(). The access token
    represents the user's privileges and the groups to which the user belongs.
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ int winnt_IsAdministrator()
 }
 
 
-int geteuid ()	
+int geteuid ()
 {
     if (winnt_IsAdministrator())
 	return 0;

rosapps/mc/slang/_slang.h

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
    need.  Use slang.h for that purpose. */
 /* Copyright (c) 1992, 1995 John E. Davis
  * All rights reserved.
- * 
+ *
  * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public
  * License or the Perl Artistic License.
  */
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 
 
 /* These quantities are main_types for byte-compiled code.  They are used
- * by the inner_interp routine.  The ones commented out with a // are 
+ * by the inner_interp routine.  The ones commented out with a // are
  * actually defined in slang.h because they are also used as the main_type in
  * the name table.
  */
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ typedef struct SLBlock_Type
   {
      unsigned char main_type;
      unsigned char sub_type;
-     union 
+     union
        {
 	  struct SLBlock_Type *blk;
 	  int i_blk;
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ extern void SLang_push_float(float64);
 extern void SLadd_variable(char *);
 extern void SLang_clear_error(void);
 extern void SLarray_info (void);
-extern int SLPreprocess_Only;		        /* preprocess instead of 
+extern int SLPreprocess_Only;		        /* preprocess instead of
 						 * bytecompiling
 						 */
 

rosapps/mc/slang/jdmacros.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 #ifndef _JD_MACROS_H_
 #define _JD_MACROS_H_
 
-/* This file defines some macros that I use with programs that link to 
+/* This file defines some macros that I use with programs that link to
  * the slang library.
  */
 
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 
 #ifdef HAVE_MEMORY_H
 # include <memory.h>
-#endif 
+#endif
 
 #ifndef SLMEMSET
 # ifdef HAVE_MEMSET

rosapps/mc/slang/slang.h

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 /* -*- mode: C; mode: fold; -*- */
 /* Copyright (c) 1992, 1995 John E. Davis
  * All rights reserved.
- * 
+ *
  * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public
  * License or the Perl Artistic License.
  */
@@ -96,13 +96,13 @@ extern "C" {
 #  define VOID unsigned char
 # endif
 #endif
-   
+
 #if 1
    typedef int (*FVOID_STAR)(void);
 #else
 # define FVOID_STAR VOID_STAR
 #endif
-   
+
 #if defined(msdos) && !defined(DOS386) && !defined(__GO32__) && !defined(__WIN32__)
 # define SLFREE(buf)  farfree((void far *)(buf))
 # define SLMALLOC(x) farmalloc((unsigned long) (x))
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ extern "C" {
 # define SLCALLOC(n, m) SLdebug_calloc((unsigned long) (n), (unsigned long)(m))
 # define SLREALLOC(p, x) SLdebug_realloc((unsigned char *)(p), (unsigned long)(x))
 #endif /* SL_MALLOC_DEBUG */
-   
+
    extern unsigned char *SLdebug_malloc (unsigned long);
    extern unsigned char *SLdebug_calloc (unsigned long, unsigned long);
    extern unsigned char *SLdebug_realloc (unsigned char *, unsigned long);
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ extern "C" {
    extern char *SLstrcpy(register char *, register char *);
    extern int SLstrcmp(register char *, register char *);
    extern char *SLstrncpy(char *, register char *, register  int);
-   
+
    extern void SLmemset (char *, char, int);
    extern char *SLmemchr (register char *, register char, register int);
    extern char *SLmemcpy (char *, char *, int);
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ extern "C" {
 #ifdef float64
 # undef float64
 #endif
-   
+
 #ifndef FLOAT64_TYPEDEFED
 # define FLOAT64_TYPEDEFED
   typedef double float64;
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ typedef struct SLang_Name_Type
      char name[SLANG_MAX_NAME_LEN + 2]; /* [0] is hash */
 
      unsigned char sub_type;
-     
+
 /* Values for main_type may be as follows.  The particlular values are
  * for compatability.
  */
@@ -204,9 +204,9 @@ typedef struct SLang_Load_Type
 {
    long name;			       /* file name, string address, ... */
    long handle;			       /* FILE *, string address, etc... */
-   
+
    char *ptr;			       /* input pointer to next line in object
-					* to be read. 
+					* to be read.
 					*/
    /* Things below here are used by S-Lang. */
    int type;			       /* 'F' = file, 'S' = String, etc.. */
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ typedef struct SLang_Load_Type
    int n;			       /* line number, etc... */
    char token[256];		       /* token to be parsed */
    int ofs;			       /* offset from buf where last read
-					* took place 
+					* took place
 					*/
    int top_level;		       /* 1 if at top level of parsing */
 } SLang_Load_Type;
@@ -225,8 +225,8 @@ typedef struct SLang_Load_Type
 #  define NO_PROTOTYPES
 # endif
 #endif
-   
+
-#ifndef NO_PROTOTYPES 
+#ifndef NO_PROTOTYPES
 # define _PROTO(x) x
 #else
 # define _PROTO(x) ()
@@ -235,14 +235,14 @@ typedef struct SLang_Load_Type
 typedef struct SL_OOBinary_Type
 {
    unsigned char sub_type;	       /* partner type for binary op */
-   
+
    /* The function take the binary op as first argument, the operand types
-    * form the second and third parameters and the last two parameters are 
+    * form the second and third parameters and the last two parameters are
     * pointers to the objects themselves.  It is up to the function to push
-    * the result on the stack.  It must return 1 if it handled the operation 
+    * the result on the stack.  It must return 1 if it handled the operation
     * return zero if the operation is not defined.
     */
-   int (*binary_function)_PROTO((int, unsigned char, unsigned char, 
+   int (*binary_function)_PROTO((int, unsigned char, unsigned char,
 				  VOID_STAR, VOID_STAR));
 
    struct SL_OOBinary_Type *next;
@@ -259,13 +259,13 @@ typedef struct
    int (*unary_function)_PROTO((int, unsigned char, VOID_STAR));
    /* unary operation function */
    SL_OOBinary_Type *binary_ops;
-   
+
    int (*copy_function)_PROTO((unsigned char, VOID_STAR));
    /* This function is called do make a copy of the object */
 } SLang_Class_Type;
 
 extern SLang_Class_Type *SLang_Registered_Types[256];
-   
+
 typedef struct
 {
    unsigned char main_type;	       /* SLANG_RVARIABLE, etc.. */
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ typedef struct
 }
 SLuser_Object_Type;
 
-   
+
 /*}}}*/
 /*{{{ Interpreter Function Prototypes */
 
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ SLuser_Object_Type;
   /* Non zero if error occurs.  Must be reset to zero to continue. */
 
   extern int SLang_Traceback;
-  /* If non-zero, dump an S-Lang traceback upon error.  Available as 
+  /* If non-zero, dump an S-Lang traceback upon error.  Available as
      _traceback in S-Lang. */
 
   extern char *SLang_User_Prompt;
@@ -299,16 +299,16 @@ SLuser_Object_Type;
   extern void (*SLang_Exit_Error_Hook)(char *);
   extern void SLang_exit_error (char *);
   extern void (*SLang_Dump_Routine)(char *);
-  /* Called if S-Lang traceback is enabled as well as other debugging 
+  /* Called if S-Lang traceback is enabled as well as other debugging
      routines (e.g., trace).  By default, these messages go to stderr. */
-  
+
   extern void (*SLang_Interrupt)(void);
-  /* function to call whenever inner interpreter is entered.  This is 
+  /* function to call whenever inner interpreter is entered.  This is
      a good place to set SLang_Error to USER_BREAK. */
 
   extern void (*SLang_User_Clear_Error)(void);
   /* function that gets called when '_clear_error' is called. */
-  extern int (*SLang_User_Open_Slang_Object)(SLang_Load_Type *); 
+  extern int (*SLang_User_Open_Slang_Object)(SLang_Load_Type *);
   extern int (*SLang_User_Close_Slang_Object)(SLang_Load_Type *);
   /* user defined loading routines. */
 
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ SLuser_Object_Type;
 
 /* Functions: */
 
-   extern int init_SLang(void);   
+   extern int init_SLang(void);
    /* This function is mandatory and must be called by all applications */
    extern int init_SLfiles(void);
    /* called if fputs, fgets, etc are need in S-Lang */
@@ -331,10 +331,10 @@ SLuser_Object_Type;
    /* unix system functions chmod, stat, etc... */
 
    extern int init_SLmatrix(void);
-   
+
    extern int SLang_add_table(SLang_Name_Type *, char *);
-   /* add application dependent function table p1 to S-Lang.  A name p2 less 
+   /* add application dependent function table p1 to S-Lang.  A name p2 less
-    *  than 32 characters must also be supplied.      
+    *  than 32 characters must also be supplied.
     * Returns 0 upon failure or 1 upon success. */
 
    extern int SLang_add_global_variable (char *);
@@ -345,28 +345,28 @@ SLuser_Object_Type;
 
    extern void SLang_restart(int);
    /* should be called if an error occurs.  If the passed integer is
-    * non-zero, items are popped off the stack; otherwise, the stack is 
+    * non-zero, items are popped off the stack; otherwise, the stack is
     * left intact.  Any time the stack is believed to be trashed, this routine
     * should be called with a non-zero argument (e.g., if setjmp/longjmp is
-    * called). */ 
+    * called). */
 
    extern void SLang_byte_compile_file(char *, int *);
    /* takes a file of S-Lang code and ``byte-compiles'' it for faster
     * loading.  The new filename is equivalent to the old except that a `c' is
-    * appended to the name.  (e.g., init.sl --> init.slc).  If the second 
+    * appended to the name.  (e.g., init.sl --> init.slc).  If the second
     * parameter is non-zero, preprocess the file only.
     */
 
    extern void SLang_autoload(char *, char *);
    /* Automatically load S-Lang function p1 from file p2.  This function
       is also available via S-Lang */
-   
+
    extern char *SLang_load_string(char *);
    /* Like SLang_load_file except input is from a null terminated string. */
-   
+
    extern void SLang_do_pop(void);
    /* pops item off stack and frees any memory associated with it */
-   
+
    extern int SLang_pop_integer(int *);
    /* pops integer *p0 from the stack.  Returns 0 upon success and non-zero
     * if the stack is empty or a type mismatch occurs, setting SLang_Error.
@@ -377,11 +377,11 @@ SLuser_Object_Type;
    /* pops string *p0 from stack.  If *p1 is non-zero, the string must be
     * freed after its use.  DO NOT FREE p0 if *p1 IS ZERO! Returns 0 upon
     * success */
-      
+
    extern int SLang_pop_float(float64 *, int *, int *);
    /* Pops float *p1 from stack.  If *p3 is non-zero, *p1 was derived
       from the integer *p2. Returns zero upon success. */
-      
+
    extern SLuser_Object_Type *SLang_pop_user_object (unsigned char);
    extern void SLang_free_user_object (SLuser_Object_Type *);
    extern void SLang_free_intrinsic_user_object (SLuser_Object_Type *);
@@ -392,14 +392,14 @@ SLuser_Object_Type;
 
    extern void SLang_push_user_object (SLuser_Object_Type *);
    extern SLuser_Object_Type *SLang_create_user_object (unsigned char);
-   
+
    extern int SLang_add_unary_op (unsigned char, FVOID_STAR);
    extern int SLang_add_binary_op (unsigned char, unsigned char, FVOID_STAR);
    extern int SLang_register_class (unsigned char, FVOID_STAR, FVOID_STAR);
    extern int SLang_add_copy_operation (unsigned char, FVOID_STAR);
 
    extern long *SLang_pop_pointer(unsigned char *, unsigned char *, int *);
-   /* Returns a pointer to object of type *p1,*p2 on top of stack. 
+   /* Returns a pointer to object of type *p1,*p2 on top of stack.
       If *p3 is non-zero, the Object must be freed after use. */
 
 
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ SLuser_Object_Type;
 
    extern void SLang_push_string(char *);
    /* Push string p1 onto stack */
-   
+
    extern void SLang_push_integer(int);
    /* push integer p1 on stack */
 
@@ -418,20 +418,20 @@ SLuser_Object_Type;
 
    extern int SLang_is_defined(char *);
    /* Return non-zero is p1 is defined otherwise returns 0. */
-   
+
    extern int SLang_run_hooks(char *, char *, char *);
    /* calls S-Lang function p1 pushing strings p2 and p3 onto the stack
     * first.  If either string is NULL, it is not pushed. If p1 is not
     * defined, 0 is returned. */
 
    extern int SLang_execute_function(char *);
-   /* Call S-Lang function p1.  Returns 0 if the function is not defined 
+   /* Call S-Lang function p1.  Returns 0 if the function is not defined
     * and 1 if it is.
     */
 
    extern char *SLang_find_name(char *);
    /* Return a pointer to p1 in table if it is defined.  Returns NULL
-    * otherwise.  This is useful when one wants to avoid redundant strings. 
+    * otherwise.  This is useful when one wants to avoid redundant strings.
     */
 
    extern char *SLang_rpn_interpret(char *);
@@ -439,14 +439,14 @@ SLuser_Object_Type;
 
    extern void SLang_doerror(char *);
    /* set SLang_Error and display p1 as error message */
-   
+
-   extern SLuser_Object_Type *SLang_add_array(char *, long *, 
+   extern SLuser_Object_Type *SLang_add_array(char *, long *,
-					      int, int, int, int, 
+					      int, int, int, int,
 					      unsigned char, unsigned char);
-   /* This function has not been tested thoroughly yet.  Its purpose is to 
+   /* This function has not been tested thoroughly yet.  Its purpose is to
-    * allow a S-Lang procedure to access a C array. For example, suppose that 
+    * allow a S-Lang procedure to access a C array. For example, suppose that
     * you have an array of 100 ints defined as:
-    *  
+    *
     *  int c_array[100];
     *
     * By calling something like:
@@ -454,39 +454,39 @@ SLuser_Object_Type;
     *   SLang_add_array ("array_name", (long *) c_array, 1, 100, 0, 0,
     *   		 'i', SLANG_IVARIABLE);
     *
-    * the array can be accessed by the name 'array_name'.  This function 
+    * the array can be accessed by the name 'array_name'.  This function
-    * returns -1 upon failure.  The 3rd argument specifies the dimension 
+    * returns -1 upon failure.  The 3rd argument specifies the dimension
     * of the array, the 4th, and 5th arguments specify how many elements
-    * there are in the x,y, and z directions.  The last argument must 
+    * there are in the x,y, and z directions.  The last argument must
-    * be one of: 
+    * be one of:
-    * 
+    *
     *        SLANG_IVARIABLE:  indicates array is writable
     *        SLANG_RVARIABLE:  indicates array is read only
-    * 
+    *
     * Returns NULL upon failure.
     */
 
 
 extern int SLang_free_array_handle (int);
-/* This routine may be called by application to free array handle created by 
+/* This routine may be called by application to free array handle created by
  * the application.  Returns 0 upon success, -1 if the handle is invalid and
  * -2 if the handle is not associated with a C array.
  */
 
    extern char *SLang_extract_list_element(char *, int *, int*);
-   extern void SLexpand_escaped_string (register char *, register char *, 
+   extern void SLexpand_escaped_string (register char *, register char *,
 					register char *);
 
 extern SLang_Name_Type *SLang_get_function (char *);
-/* The parameter is the name of a user defined S-Lang function.  This 
+/* The parameter is the name of a user defined S-Lang function.  This
  * routine returns NULL if the function does not exist or it returns the
  * a pointer to it in an internal S-Lang table.  This pointer can be used
  * by 'SLexecute_function' to call the function directly from C.
  */
-  
+
 extern void SLexecute_function(SLang_Name_Type *);
 /* This function allows an application to call a S-Lang function from within
- * the C program.  The parameter must be non-NULL and must have been 
+ * the C program.  The parameter must be non-NULL and must have been
  * previously obtained by a call to 'SLang_get_function'.
  */
 extern void SLroll_stack (int *);
@@ -514,9 +514,9 @@ extern char *SLcurrent_time_string (void);
 extern int SLatoi(unsigned char *);
 
 extern int SLang_extract_token(char **, char *, int);
-/* returns 0 upon failure and non-zero upon success.  The first parameter 
+/* returns 0 upon failure and non-zero upon success.  The first parameter
- * is a pointer to the input stream which this function will bump along.  
+ * is a pointer to the input stream which this function will bump along.
- * The second parameter is the buffer where the token is placed.  The third 
+ * The second parameter is the buffer where the token is placed.  The third
  * parameter is used internally by the S-Lang library and should be 0 for
  * user applications.
  */
@@ -524,12 +524,12 @@ extern int SLang_extract_token(char **, char *, int);
 /*}}}*/
 
 /*{{{ SLang getkey interface Functions */
-   
+
 #ifdef REAL_UNIX_SYSTEM
 extern int SLang_TT_Baud_Rate;
 extern int SLang_TT_Read_FD;
 #endif
-   
+
 extern int SLang_init_tty (int, int, int);
 /* Initializes the tty for single character input.  If the first parameter *p1
  * is in the range 0-255, it will be used for the abort character;
@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ extern int SLang_Ignore_User_Abort;
 
 extern void SLang_set_abort_signal (void (*)(int));
 /* If SIGINT is generated, the function p1 will be called.  If p1 is NULL
- * the SLang_default signal handler is called.  This sets SLang_Error to 
+ * the SLang_default signal handler is called.  This sets SLang_Error to
  * USER_BREAK.  I suspect most users will simply want to pass NULL.
  */
 
@@ -635,19 +635,19 @@ extern SLKeyMap_List_Type SLKeyMap_List[SLANG_MAX_KEYMAPS];   /* these better be
 
 extern char *SLang_process_keystring(char *);
 
-#ifdef SLKEYMAP_OBSOLETE   
+#ifdef SLKEYMAP_OBSOLETE
 extern int SLang_define_key1(char *, VOID_STAR, unsigned int, SLKeyMap_List_Type *);
 /* define key p1 in keymap p4 to invoke function p2.  If type p3 is given by
  * SLKEY_F_INTRINSIC, p2 is an intrinsic function, else it is a string to be
  * passed to the interpreter for evaluation.  The return value is important.
- * It returns 0 upon success, -1 upon malloc error, and -2 if the key is 
+ * It returns 0 upon success, -1 upon malloc error, and -2 if the key is
  * inconsistent.  SLang_Error is set upon error. */
 #else
 extern int SLkm_define_key (char *, FVOID_STAR, SLKeyMap_List_Type *);
 #endif
-   
+
 extern int SLang_define_key(char *, char *, SLKeyMap_List_Type *);
-/* Like define_key1 except that p2 is a string that is to be associated with 
+/* Like define_key1 except that p2 is a string that is to be associated with
  * a function in the functions field of p3.  This routine calls define_key1.
  */
 
@@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ typedef struct SLang_Read_Line_Type
 /* Maximum size of display */
 #define SLRL_DISPLAY_BUFFER_SIZE 256
 
-typedef struct 
+typedef struct
 {
    SLang_Read_Line_Type *root, *tail, *last;
    unsigned char *buf;		       /* edit buffer */
@@ -704,14 +704,14 @@ typedef struct
    int point;			       /* current editing point */
    int tab;			       /* tab width */
    int len;			       /* current line size */
-   
+
    /* display variables */
    int edit_width;		       /* length of display field */
    int curs_pos;			       /* current column */
    int start_column;		       /* column offset of display */
    int dhscroll;		       /* amount to use for horiz scroll */
    char *prompt;
-   
+
    FVOID_STAR last_fun;		       /* last function executed by rl */
 
    /* These two contain an image of what is on the display */
@@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ typedef struct
    unsigned char upd_buf2[SLRL_DISPLAY_BUFFER_SIZE];
    unsigned char *old_upd, *new_upd;   /* pointers to previous two buffers */
    int new_upd_len, old_upd_len;       /* length of output buffers */
-   
+
    SLKeyMap_List_Type *keymap;
 
    /* tty variables */
@@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ typedef struct
    void (*tt_insert)(char);
    void (*update_hook)(unsigned char *, int, int);
    /* The update hook is called with a pointer to a buffer p1 that contains
-    * an image of what the update hook is suppoed to produce.  The length 
+    * an image of what the update hook is suppoed to produce.  The length
     * of the buffer is p2 and after the update, the cursor is to be placed
     * in column p3.
     */
@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ extern SLang_Read_Line_Type * SLang_rline_save_line (SLang_RLine_Info_Type *);
 extern int SLang_init_readline (SLang_RLine_Info_Type *);
 extern int SLang_read_line (SLang_RLine_Info_Type *);
 extern int SLang_rline_insert (char *);
-extern void SLrline_redraw (SLang_RLine_Info_Type *);   
+extern void SLrline_redraw (SLang_RLine_Info_Type *);
 extern int SLang_Rline_Quit;
 
 /*}}}*/
@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ extern int SLtt_Ignore_Beep;
 #if defined(REAL_UNIX_SYSTEM)
 extern int SLtt_Force_Keypad_Init;
 #endif
-   
+
 #ifndef __GO32__
 #if defined(VMS) || defined(REAL_UNIX_SYSTEM)
 extern int SLtt_Blink_Mode;
@@ -787,8 +787,8 @@ extern int SLtt_Try_Termcap;
 #ifdef msdos
 extern int SLtt_Msdos_Cheap_Video;
 #endif
-   
+
-   
+
 extern int SLtt_flush_output (void);
 extern void SLtt_set_scroll_region(int, int);
 extern void SLtt_reset_scroll_region(void);
@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ extern void SLtt_reset_video (void);
 extern void SLtt_get_terminfo(void);
 extern void SLtt_get_screen_size (void);
 extern int SLtt_set_cursor_visibility (int);
-   
+
 #if defined(VMS) || defined(REAL_UNIX_SYSTEM)
 extern void SLtt_enable_cursor_keys(void);
 extern void SLtt_set_term_vtxxx(int *);
@@ -833,19 +833,19 @@ extern void SLtt_disable_status_line (void);
    extern int SLtt_tigetnum (char *, char **);
 # endif
 #endif
-   
+
 extern SLtt_Char_Type SLtt_get_color_object (int);
 extern void SLtt_set_color_object (int, SLtt_Char_Type);
 extern void SLtt_set_color (int, char *, char *, char *);
 extern void SLtt_set_mono (int, char *, SLtt_Char_Type);
 extern void SLtt_add_color_attribute (int, SLtt_Char_Type);
 extern void SLtt_set_color_fgbg (int, SLtt_Char_Type, SLtt_Char_Type);
-     
+
 /*}}}*/
 
 /*{{{ SLang Preprocessor Interface */
 
-typedef struct 
+typedef struct
 {
    int this_level;
    int exec_level;
@@ -865,8 +865,8 @@ extern int SLprep_line_ok (char *, SLPreprocess_Type *);
    /* Adds a string to the SLang #ifdef preparsing defines. SLang already
       defines MSDOS, UNIX, and VMS on the appropriate system. */
 extern int (*SLprep_exists_hook) (char *, char);
-      
+
-   
+
 /*}}}*/
 
 /*{{{ SLsmg Screen Management Functions */
@@ -909,7 +909,7 @@ extern void SLsmg_forward (int);
 extern void SLsmg_write_color_chars (unsigned short *, unsigned int);
 extern unsigned int SLsmg_read_raw (unsigned short *, unsigned int);
 extern unsigned int SLsmg_write_raw (unsigned short *, unsigned int);
-   
+
 extern int SLsmg_Display_Eight_Bit;
 extern int SLsmg_Tab_Width;
 extern int SLsmg_Newline_Moves;
@@ -999,7 +999,7 @@ int SLkp_define_keysym (char *, unsigned int);
 /* This function must be called AFTER SLtt_get_terminfo and not before. */
 extern int SLkp_init (void);
 
-/* This function uses SLang_getkey and assumes that what ever initialization 
+/* This function uses SLang_getkey and assumes that what ever initialization
  * is required for SLang_getkey has been performed.
  */
 extern int SLkp_getkey (void);
@@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@ typedef struct _SLscroll_Type
 }
 SLscroll_Type;
 
-typedef struct 
+typedef struct
 {
    unsigned int flags;
    SLscroll_Type *top_window_line;   /* list element at top of window */
@@ -1088,8 +1088,8 @@ extern int SLsig_unblock_signals (void);
 /* This is not ready yet.  */
 # define SLANG_NOOP	9
 #endif
-   
+
-/* Everything above string should correspond to a pointer in the object 
+/* Everything above string should correspond to a pointer in the object
  * structure.  See do_binary (slang.c) for exploitation of this fact.
  */
 #define STRING_TYPE 	10
@@ -1154,14 +1154,14 @@ extern void SLadd_at_handler (long *, char *);
 
 #define MAKE_INTRINSIC(n, f, out, in)        \
     {0, n, (out | (in << 4)), SLANG_INTRINSIC, (long) f}
-       
+
 #define MAKE_VARIABLE(n, v, t, r)     \
     {0, n, t, (SLANG_IVARIABLE + r), (long) v}
 
 #else
 #define MAKE_INTRINSIC(n, f, out, in)        \
     {n, (out | (in << 4)), SLANG_INTRINSIC, (long) f}
-       
+
 #define MAKE_VARIABLE(n, v, t, r)     \
     {n, t, (SLANG_IVARIABLE + r), (long) v}
 #endif
@@ -1202,13 +1202,13 @@ typedef struct
    int beg_matches[10];		       /* offset of start of \( */
    unsigned int end_matches[10];       /* length of nth submatch
 					* Note that the entire match corresponds
-					* to \0 
+					* to \0
 					*/
    int offset;			       /* offset to be added to beg_matches */
 } SLRegexp_Type;
 
-extern unsigned char *SLang_regexp_match(unsigned char *, 
+extern unsigned char *SLang_regexp_match(unsigned char *,
-					 unsigned int, 
+					 unsigned int,
 					 SLRegexp_Type *);
 extern int SLang_regexp_compile (SLRegexp_Type *);
 extern char *SLregexp_quote_string (char *, char *, unsigned int);
@@ -1254,21 +1254,21 @@ typedef struct
 } SLsearch_Type;
 
 extern int SLsearch_init (char *, int, int, SLsearch_Type *);
-/* This routine must first be called before any search can take place. 
+/* This routine must first be called before any search can take place.
- * The second parameter specifies the direction of the search: greater than 
+ * The second parameter specifies the direction of the search: greater than
- * zero for a forwrd search and less than zero for a backward search.  The 
+ * zero for a forwrd search and less than zero for a backward search.  The
  * third parameter specifies whether the search is case sensitive or not.
- * The last parameter is a pointer to a structure that is filled by this 
+ * The last parameter is a pointer to a structure that is filled by this
  * function and it is this structure that must be passed to SLsearch.
  */
 
 unsigned char *SLsearch (unsigned char *, unsigned char *, SLsearch_Type *);
-/* To use this routine, you must first call 'SLsearch_init'.  Then the first 
+/* To use this routine, you must first call 'SLsearch_init'.  Then the first
  * two parameters p1 and p2 serve to define the region over which the search
  * is to take place.  The third parameter is the structure that was previously
  * initialized by SLsearch_init.
- * 
+ *
- * The routine returns a pointer to the match if found otherwise it returns 
+ * The routine returns a pointer to the match if found otherwise it returns
  * NULL.
  */
 

rosapps/mc/slang/slerr.c

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /* error handling common to all routines. */
 /* Copyright (c) 1992, 1995 John E. Davis
  * All rights reserved.
- * 
+ *
  * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public
  * License or the Perl Artistic License.
  */
@@ -32,11 +32,11 @@ void SLang_doerror (char *error)
    char *str = NULL;
 
    *err = 0;
-   
+
    str = "Slang/Midnight Commander unknown error";
 
    sprintf(err, "S-Lang Error: %s", str);
-   
+
    if (SLang_Error_Routine == NULL)
      {
 	fputs (err, stderr);

rosapps/mc/slang/slgetkey.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Copyright (c) 1992, 1995 John E. Davis
  * All rights reserved.
- * 
+ *
  * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public
  * License or the Perl Artistic License.
  */
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ int SLang_Abort_Char = 7;
 int SLang_Ignore_User_Abort = 0;
 
 /* This has the effect of mapping all characters in the range 128-169 to
- * ESC [ something 
+ * ESC [ something
  */
 #ifndef __GO32__
 # if defined(__unix__) || defined(vms)
@@ -31,18 +31,18 @@ unsigned int SLang_getkey (void)
 {
    unsigned int imax;
    unsigned int ch;
-   
+
    if (SLang_Input_Buffer_Len)
      {
 	ch = (unsigned int) *SLang_Input_Buffer;
 	SLang_Input_Buffer_Len--;
 	imax = SLang_Input_Buffer_Len;
-   
+
-	SLMEMCPY ((char *) SLang_Input_Buffer, 
+	SLMEMCPY ((char *) SLang_Input_Buffer,
 		(char *) (SLang_Input_Buffer + 1), imax);
      }
    else if (0xFFFF == (ch = SLsys_getkey ())) return ch;
-   
+
 #ifdef DEC_8BIT_HACK
    if (ch & 0x80)
      {
@@ -78,8 +78,8 @@ void SLang_buffer_keystring (unsigned char *s, unsigned int n)
 {
 
    if (n + SLang_Input_Buffer_Len + 3 > MAX_INPUT_BUFFER_LEN) return;
-   
+
-   SLMEMCPY ((char *) SLang_Input_Buffer + SLang_Input_Buffer_Len, 
+   SLMEMCPY ((char *) SLang_Input_Buffer + SLang_Input_Buffer_Len,
 	   (char *) s, n);
    SLang_Input_Buffer_Len += n;
 }
@@ -95,14 +95,14 @@ int SLang_input_pending (int tsecs)
    int n;
    unsigned char c;
    if (SLang_Input_Buffer_Len) return (int) SLang_Input_Buffer_Len;
-   
+
    n = SLsys_input_pending (tsecs);
-   
+
    if (n <= 0) return 0;
-   
+
    c = (unsigned char) SLang_getkey ();
    SLang_ungetkey_string (&c, 1);
-   
+
    return n;
 }
 #endif /* OS2_NT */
@@ -110,10 +110,10 @@ int SLang_input_pending (int tsecs)
 void SLang_flush_input (void)
 {
    int quit = SLKeyBoard_Quit;
-   
+
    SLang_Input_Buffer_Len = 0;
-   SLKeyBoard_Quit = 0;   
+   SLKeyBoard_Quit = 0;
-   while (SLsys_input_pending (0) > 0) 
+   while (SLsys_input_pending (0) > 0)
      {
 	(void) SLsys_getkey ();
 	/* Set this to 0 because SLsys_getkey may stuff keyboard buffer if

rosapps/mc/slang/slmemcpy.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Copyright (c) 1992, 1995 John E. Davis
  * All rights reserved.
- * 
+ *
  * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public
  * License or the Perl Artistic License.
  */
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
    use system rouines.  For msdos, I use inline assembly. */
 
 /* The current versions only work in the forward direction only!! */
-      
+
 #include "config.h"
 
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -32,20 +32,20 @@ char *SLmemcpy(char *s1, char *s2, int n)
    asm mov si, bx
    asm mov di, dx
    return(s1);
-   
+
 #else
    register char *smax, *s = s1;
    int n2;
-   
+
    n2 = n % 4;
    smax = s + (n - 4);
-   while (s <= smax) 
+   while (s <= smax)
      {
 	*s = *s2; *(s + 1) = *(s2 + 1); *(s + 2) = *(s2 + 2); *(s + 3) = *(s2 + 3);
 	s += 4;
 	s2 += 4;
      }
    while (n2--) *s++ = *s2++;
-   return(s1); 
+   return(s1);
 #endif
 }

rosapps/mc/slang/slmemset.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Copyright (c) 1992, 1995 John E. Davis
  * All rights reserved.
- * 
+ *
  * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public
  * License or the Perl Artistic License.
  */
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
    use system rouines.  For msdos, I use inline assembly. */
 
 /* The current versions only work in the forward direction only!! */
-      
+
 #include "config.h"
 
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ void SLmemset(char *p, char space, int n)
 
    pmax = p + (n - 4);
    n = n % 4;
-   while (p <= pmax) 
+   while (p <= pmax)
      {
 	*p++ = space; *p++ = space; *p++ = space; *p++= space;
      }
-   while (n--) *p++ = space;     
+   while (n--) *p++ = space;
 #endif
 }

rosapps/mc/slang/slos2tty.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Copyright (c) 1992, 1995 John E. Davis
  * All rights reserved.
- * 
+ *
  * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public
  * License or the Perl Artistic License.
  */
@@ -235,10 +235,10 @@ unsigned int SLsys_getkey ()
 {
    unsigned int c;
    unsigned char scan;
-   
+
    int tsecs = 300;
-   
+
-   if (!keyWaiting()) 
+   if (!keyWaiting())
      while (!SLsys_input_pending(tsecs));
 
    /* read codes from buffer */

rosapps/mc/slang/slsignal.c

@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ SLSig_Fun_Type *SLsignal (int sig, SLSig_Fun_Type *f)
 {
 #ifdef SLANG_POSIX_SIGNALS
    struct sigaction old_sa, new_sa;
-   
+
 # ifdef SIGALRM
    /* We want system calls to be interrupted by SIGALRM. */
    if (sig == SIGALRM) return SLsignal_intr (sig, f);
@@ -29,15 +29,15 @@ SLSig_Fun_Type *SLsignal (int sig, SLSig_Fun_Type *f)
 
    sigemptyset (&new_sa.sa_mask);
    new_sa.sa_handler = f;
-   
+
    new_sa.sa_flags = 0;
 # ifdef SA_RESTART
    new_sa.sa_flags |= SA_RESTART;
 # endif
-   
+
    if (-1 == sigaction (sig, &new_sa, &old_sa))
      return (SLSig_Fun_Type *) SIG_ERR;
-   
+
    return old_sa.sa_handler;
 #else
    /* Not POSIX. */
@@ -45,25 +45,25 @@ SLSig_Fun_Type *SLsignal (int sig, SLSig_Fun_Type *f)
 #endif
 }
 
-/* This function will NOT cause system calls to be restarted after 
+/* This function will NOT cause system calls to be restarted after
- * signal if possible 
+ * signal if possible
  */
 SLSig_Fun_Type *SLsignal_intr (int sig, SLSig_Fun_Type *f)
 {
 #ifdef SLANG_POSIX_SIGNALS
    struct sigaction old_sa, new_sa;
-   
+
    sigemptyset (&new_sa.sa_mask);
    new_sa.sa_handler = f;
-   
+
    new_sa.sa_flags = 0;
 # ifdef SA_INTERRUPT
    new_sa.sa_flags |= SA_INTERRUPT;
 # endif
-   
+
    if (-1 == sigaction (sig, &new_sa, &old_sa))
      return (SLSig_Fun_Type *) SIG_ERR;
-   
+
    return old_sa.sa_handler;
 #else
    /* Not POSIX. */
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ SLSig_Fun_Type *SLsignal_intr (int sig, SLSig_Fun_Type *f)
 }
 
 
-/* We are primarily interested in blocking signals that would cause the 
+/* We are primarily interested in blocking signals that would cause the
  * application to reset the tty.  These include suspend signals and
  * possibly interrupt signals.
  */
@@ -87,13 +87,13 @@ int SLsig_block_signals (void)
 #ifdef SLANG_POSIX_SIGNALS
    sigset_t new_mask;
 #endif
-   
+
    Blocked_Depth++;
    if (Blocked_Depth != 1)
      {
 	return 0;
      }
-   
+
 #ifdef SLANG_POSIX_SIGNALS
    sigemptyset (&new_mask);
 # ifdef SIGQUIT
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ int SLsig_block_signals (void)
 # ifdef SIGTTOU
    sigaddset (&new_mask, SIGTTOU);
 # endif
-   
+
    (void) sigprocmask (SIG_BLOCK, &new_mask, &Old_Signal_Mask);
    return 0;
 #else
@@ -124,12 +124,12 @@ int SLsig_unblock_signals (void)
 {
    if (Blocked_Depth == 0)
      return -1;
-   
+
    Blocked_Depth--;
-   
+
    if (Blocked_Depth != 0)
      return 0;
-   
+
 #ifdef SLANG_POSIX_SIGNALS
    (void) sigprocmask (SIG_SETMASK, &Old_Signal_Mask, NULL);
    return 0;

rosapps/mc/slang/slsmg.c

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /* SLang Screen management routines */
 /* Copyright (c) 1992, 1995 John E. Davis
  * All rights reserved.
- * 
+ *
  * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public
  * License or the Perl Artistic License.
  */
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ static void blank_line (unsigned short *p, int n, unsigned char ch)
    register unsigned short color_ch;
 
    color_ch = (This_Color << 8) | (unsigned short) ch;
-   
+
    while (p < pmax)
      {
 	*p++ = color_ch;
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ static void clear_region (int row, int n)
 {
    int i;
    int imax = row + n;
-   
+
    if (imax > Screen_Rows) imax = Screen_Rows;
    for (i = row; i < imax; i++)
      {
@@ -87,10 +87,10 @@ static void clear_region (int row, int n)
 void SLsmg_erase_eol (void)
 {
    int r, c;
-   
+
    c = This_Col - Start_Col;
    r = This_Row - Start_Row;
-   
+
    if ((r < 0) || (r >= Screen_Rows)) return;
    if (c < 0) c = 0; else if (c >= Screen_Cols) return;
    blank_line (SL_Screen[This_Row].neew + c , Screen_Cols - c, ' ');
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ static void scroll_up (void)
    This_Row--;
 }
 
-   
+
 
 
 void SLsmg_gotorc (int r, int c)
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ void SLsmg_set_char_set (int i)
 					*/
    if (i) This_Alt_Char = ALT_CHAR_FLAG;
    else This_Alt_Char = 0;
-   
+
    This_Color &= 0x7F;
    This_Color |= This_Alt_Char;
 }
@@ -179,10 +179,10 @@ static int point_visible (int col_too)
 {
    return ((This_Row >= Start_Row) && (This_Row < Start_Row + Screen_Rows)
 	   && ((col_too == 0)
-	       || ((This_Col >= Start_Col) 
+	       || ((This_Col >= Start_Col)
 		   && (This_Col < Start_Col + Screen_Cols))));
 }
-   
+
 void SLsmg_printf (char *fmt, ...)
 {
    char p[1000];
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ void SLsmg_printf (char *fmt, ...)
    va_start(ap, fmt);
    (void) vsprintf(p, fmt, ap);
    va_end(ap);
-   
+
    SLsmg_write_string (p);
 }
 
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ void SLsmg_write_nstring (char *str, int n)
    int width;
    char blank = ' ';
    if (str == NULL) width = 0;
-   else 
+   else
      {
 	width = strlen (str);
 	if (width > n) width = n;
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ void SLsmg_write_wrapped_string (char *s, int r, int c, int dr, int dc, int fill
 {
    register char ch, *p;
    int maxc = dc;
-   
+
    if ((dr == 0) || (dc == 0)) return;
    p = s;
    dc = 0;
@@ -228,9 +228,9 @@ void SLsmg_write_wrapped_string (char *s, int r, int c, int dr, int dc, int fill
 	if ((ch == 0) || (ch == '\n'))
 	  {
 	     int diff;
-	     
+
 	     diff = maxc - dc;
-	     
+
 	     SLsmg_gotorc (r, c);
 	     SLsmg_write_nchars (s, dc);
 	     if (fill && (diff > 0))
@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ void SLsmg_write_wrapped_string (char *s, int r, int c, int dr, int dc, int fill
 		  while (diff--) SLsmg_write_char (' ');
 	       }
 	     if ((ch == 0) || (dr == 1)) break;
-	     
+
 	     r++;
 	     dc = 0;
 	     dr--;
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ void SLsmg_write_wrapped_string (char *s, int r, int c, int dr, int dc, int fill
      }
 }
 
-   
+
 
 int SLsmg_Tab_Width = 8;
 
@@ -282,30 +282,30 @@ void SLsmg_write_nchars (char *str, int n)
    int newline_flag;
 #ifndef pc_system
    int alt_char_set_flag;
-   
+
-   alt_char_set_flag = ((SLtt_Use_Blink_For_ACS == 0) 
+   alt_char_set_flag = ((SLtt_Use_Blink_For_ACS == 0)
 			&& (This_Color & ALT_CHAR_FLAG));
 #endif
 
    str_max = str + n;
    color = This_Color << 8;
-   
+
    top:				       /* get here only on newline */
-   
+
    newline_flag = 0;
    start_len = Start_Col;
-   
+
    if (point_visible (0) == 0) return;
-   
+
    len = This_Col;
    max_len = start_len + Screen_Cols;
 
    p = SL_Screen[This_Row].neew;
    if (len > start_len) p += (len - start_len);
-   
+
    flags = SL_Screen[This_Row].flags;
    while ((len < max_len) && (str < str_max))
-     {	
+     {
 	ch = (unsigned char) *str++;
 
 #ifndef pc_system
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ void SLsmg_write_nchars (char *str, int n)
 		  p++;
 	       }
 	  }
-	
+
 	else if ((ch == '\t') && (SLsmg_Tab_Width > 0))
 	  {
 	     n = len;
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ void SLsmg_write_nchars (char *str, int n)
 		  len += 1;
 		  if (len > start_len)
 		    {
-		       if (*p != neew) 
+		       if (*p != neew)
 			 {
 			    flags |= TOUCHED;
 			    *p = neew;
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ void SLsmg_write_nchars (char *str, int n)
 		       ch &= 0x7F;
 		    }
 	       }
-	     
+
 	     len += 1;
 	     if (len > start_len)
 	       {
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ void SLsmg_write_nchars (char *str, int n)
 		  p++;
 		  if (len == max_len) break;
 	       }
-	     
+
 	     if (ch == 127) ch = '?'; else ch = ch + '@';
 	     len++;
 	     if (len > start_len)
@@ -409,13 +409,13 @@ void SLsmg_write_nchars (char *str, int n)
 	       }
 	  }
      }
-   
+
    SL_Screen[This_Row].flags = flags;
    This_Col = len;
-   
+
    if (SLsmg_Newline_Moves == 0)
      return;
-   
+
    if (newline_flag == 0)
      {
 	while (str < str_max)
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ void SLsmg_write_nchars (char *str, int n)
 	if (str == str_max) return;
 	str++;
      }
-   
+
    This_Row++;
    This_Col = 0;
    if (This_Row == Start_Row + Screen_Rows)
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ void SLsmg_cls (void)
 static void do_copy (unsigned short *a, unsigned short *b)
 {
    unsigned short *amax = a + Screen_Cols;
-   
+
    while (a < amax) *a++ = *b++;
 }
 #endif
@@ -469,16 +469,16 @@ static unsigned long compute_hash (unsigned short *s, int n)
    register unsigned long sum = 0;
    register unsigned short *smax, ch;
    int is_blank = 2;
-   
+
    s += SLsmg_Scroll_Hash_Border;
    smax = s + (n - SLsmg_Scroll_Hash_Border);
-   while (s < smax) 
+   while (s < smax)
      {
 	ch = *s++;
 	if (is_blank && ((ch & 0xFF) != 32)) is_blank--;
-	
+
 	sum += ch;
-	
+
 	h = sum + (h << 3);
 	if ((g = h & 0xE0000000UL) != 0)
 	  {
@@ -499,9 +499,9 @@ static void try_scroll (void)
    int color, did_scroll = 0;
    unsigned short *tmp;
    int ignore;
-   
+
    /* find region limits. */
-   
+
    for (rmax = Screen_Rows - 1; rmax > 0; rmax--)
      {
 	if (SL_Screen[rmax].new_hash != SL_Screen[rmax].old_hash)
@@ -510,11 +510,11 @@ static void try_scroll (void)
 	     if ((r1 == 0)
 		 || (SL_Screen[r1].new_hash != SL_Screen[r1].old_hash))
 	       break;
-	     
+
 	     rmax = r1;
 	  }
      }
-   
+
    for (rmin = 0; rmin < rmax; rmin++)
      {
 	if (SL_Screen[rmin].new_hash != SL_Screen[rmin].old_hash)
@@ -523,30 +523,30 @@ static void try_scroll (void)
 	     if ((r1 == rmax)
 		 || (SL_Screen[r1].new_hash != SL_Screen[r1].old_hash))
 	       break;
-	     
+
 	     rmin = r1;
 	  }
      }
 
-   
+
    for (i = rmax; i > rmin; i--)
      {
 	hash = SL_Screen[i].new_hash;
 	if (hash == Blank_Hash) continue;
-	
+
-	if ((hash == SL_Screen[i].old_hash) 
+	if ((hash == SL_Screen[i].old_hash)
 	    || ((i + 1 < Screen_Rows) && (hash == SL_Screen[i + 1].old_hash))
 	    || ((i - 1 > rmin) && (SL_Screen[i].old_hash == SL_Screen[i - 1].new_hash)))
 	  continue;
-	
+
 	for (j = i - 1; j >= rmin; j--)
 	  {
 	     if (hash == SL_Screen[j].old_hash) break;
 	  }
 	if (j < rmin) continue;
-	
+
 	r2 = i;			       /* end scroll region */
-	
+
 	di = i - j;
 	j--;
 	ignore = 0;
@@ -556,12 +556,12 @@ static void try_scroll (void)
 	     j--;
 	  }
 	r1 = j + 1;
-	
+
 	/* If this scroll only scrolls this line into place, don't do it.
 	 */
 	if ((di > 1) && (r1 + di + ignore == r2)) continue;
-	
+
-	/* If there is anything in the scrolling region that is ok, abort the 
+	/* If there is anything in the scrolling region that is ok, abort the
 	 * scroll.
 	 */
 
@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ static void try_scroll (void)
 	       }
 	  }
 	if (j <= r2) continue;
-	
+
 	color = This_Color;  This_Color = 0;
 	did_scroll = 1;
 	SLtt_normal_video ();
@@ -584,11 +584,11 @@ static void try_scroll (void)
 	SLtt_goto_rc (0, 0);
 	SLtt_reverse_index (di);
 	SLtt_reset_scroll_region ();
-	/* Now we have a hole in the screen.  Make the virtual screen look 
+	/* Now we have a hole in the screen.  Make the virtual screen look
 	 * like it.
 	 */
 	for (j = r1; j <= r2; j++) SL_Screen[j].flags = TOUCHED;
-	
+
 	while (di--)
 	  {
 	     tmp = SL_Screen[r2].old;
@@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ static void try_scroll (void)
 	This_Color = color;
      }
    if (did_scroll) return;
-   
+
    /* Try other direction */
 
    for (i = rmin; i < rmax; i++)
@@ -613,18 +613,18 @@ static void try_scroll (void)
 	hash = SL_Screen[i].new_hash;
 	if (hash == Blank_Hash) continue;
 	if (hash == SL_Screen[i].old_hash) continue;
-	
+
 	/* find a match further down screen */
 	for (j = i + 1; j <= rmax; j++)
 	  {
 	     if (hash == SL_Screen[j].old_hash) break;
 	  }
 	if (j > rmax) continue;
-	
+
 	r1 = i;			       /* beg scroll region */
 	di = j - i;		       /* number of lines to scroll */
 	j++;			       /* since we know this is a match */
-	
+
 	/* find end of scroll region */
 	ignore = 0;
 	while ((j <= rmax) && (SL_Screen[j].old_hash == SL_Screen[j - di].new_hash))
@@ -633,15 +633,15 @@ static void try_scroll (void)
 	     j++;
 	  }
 	r2 = j - 1;		       /* end of scroll region */
-	
+
 	/* If this scroll only scrolls this line into place, don't do it.
 	 */
 	if ((di > 1) && (r1 + di + ignore == r2)) continue;
 
-	/* If there is anything in the scrolling region that is ok, abort the 
+	/* If there is anything in the scrolling region that is ok, abort the
 	 * scroll.
 	 */
-	
+
 	for (j = r1; j <= r2; j++)
 	  {
 	     if ((SL_Screen[j].old_hash != Blank_Hash)
@@ -650,21 +650,21 @@ static void try_scroll (void)
 		  if ((j - di < r1) || (SL_Screen[j].old_hash != SL_Screen[j - di].new_hash))
 		    break;
 	       }
-	     
+
 	  }
 	if (j <= r2) continue;
-	
+
 	color = This_Color;  This_Color = 0;
 	SLtt_normal_video ();
 	SLtt_set_scroll_region (r1, r2);
 	SLtt_goto_rc (0, 0);	       /* relative to scroll region */
 	SLtt_delete_nlines (di);
 	SLtt_reset_scroll_region ();
-	/* Now we have a hole in the screen.  Make the virtual screen look 
+	/* Now we have a hole in the screen.  Make the virtual screen look
 	 * like it.
 	 */
 	for (j = r1; j <= r2; j++) SL_Screen[j].flags = TOUCHED;
-	
+
 	while (di--)
 	  {
 	     tmp = SL_Screen[r1].old;
@@ -683,15 +683,15 @@ static void try_scroll (void)
 }
 
 #endif   /* NOT pc_system */
-        
+
-	
+
-	
+
 static int Smg_Inited;
 
 void SLsmg_refresh (void)
 {
    int i;
-   
+
    if (Smg_Inited == 0) return;
 #ifndef pc_system
    for (i = 0; i < Screen_Rows; i++)
@@ -700,8 +700,8 @@ void SLsmg_refresh (void)
 	SL_Screen[i].new_hash = compute_hash (SL_Screen[i].neew, Screen_Cols);
      }
 #endif
-   
+
-   if (Cls_Flag) 
+   if (Cls_Flag)
      {
 	SLtt_normal_video ();  SLtt_cls ();
      }
@@ -712,9 +712,9 @@ void SLsmg_refresh (void)
    for (i = 0; i < Screen_Rows; i++)
      {
 	int trashed;
-	
+
 	if (SL_Screen[i].flags == 0) continue;
-	
+
 	if (SL_Screen[i].flags & TRASHED)
 	  {
 	     SLtt_goto_rc (i, -1); /* Force cursor to move */
@@ -723,21 +723,21 @@ void SLsmg_refresh (void)
 	     trashed = 1;
 	  }
 	else trashed = 0;
-	
+
-	if (Cls_Flag || trashed) 
+	if (Cls_Flag || trashed)
 	  {
 	     int color = This_Color;
 	     This_Color = 0;
 	     blank_line (SL_Screen[i].old, Screen_Cols, ' ');
 	     This_Color = color;
 	  }
-	
+
 	SL_Screen[i].old[Screen_Cols] = 0;
 	SL_Screen[i].neew[Screen_Cols] = 0;
-	
+
 	SLtt_smart_puts (SL_Screen[i].neew, SL_Screen[i].old, Screen_Cols, i);
 
-	SLMEMCPY ((char *) SL_Screen[i].old, (char *) SL_Screen[i].neew, 
+	SLMEMCPY ((char *) SL_Screen[i].old, (char *) SL_Screen[i].neew,
 		  Screen_Cols * sizeof (short));
 
 	SL_Screen[i].flags = 0;
@@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ void SLsmg_refresh (void)
 	SL_Screen[i].old_hash = SL_Screen[i].new_hash;
 #endif
      }
-   
+
    if (point_visible (1)) SLtt_goto_rc (This_Row - Start_Row, This_Col - Start_Col);
    SLtt_flush_output ();
    Cls_Flag = 0;
@@ -755,12 +755,12 @@ static int compute_clip (int row, int n, int box_start, int box_end,
 			 int *rmin, int *rmax)
 {
    int row_max;
-   
+
    if (n < 0) return 0;
    if (row >= box_end) return 0;
    row_max = row + n;
    if (row_max <= box_start) return 0;
-   
+
    if (row < box_start) row = box_start;
    if (row_max >= box_end) row_max = box_end;
    *rmin = row;
@@ -772,10 +772,10 @@ void SLsmg_touch_lines (int row, int n)
 {
    int i;
    int r1, r2;
-   
+
    if (0 == compute_clip (row, n, Start_Row, Start_Row + Screen_Rows, &r1, &r2))
      return;
-   
+
    r1 -= Start_Row;
    r2 -= Start_Row;
    for (i = r1; i < r2; i++)
@@ -791,17 +791,17 @@ static void init_alt_char_set (void)
 {
    int i;
    unsigned char *p, *pmax, ch;
-   
+
    if (Alt_Char_Set[128] == 128) return;
 
    i = 32;
    memset ((char *)Alt_Char_Set, ' ', i);
-   while (i <= 128) 
+   while (i <= 128)
      {
 	Alt_Char_Set [i] = i;
 	i++;
      }
-   
+
    /* Map to VT100 */
    if (SLtt_Has_Alt_Charset)
      {
@@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ static void init_alt_char_set (void)
      }
    else	p = (unsigned char *) Fake_Alt_Char_Pairs;
    pmax = p + strlen ((char *) p);
-   
+
    /* Some systems have messed up entries for this */
    while (p < pmax)
      {
@@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ void SLsmg_suspend_smg (void)
 	SLtt_reset_video ();
 	Smg_Suspended = 1;
      }
-   
+
    UNBLOCK_SIGNALS
 }
 
@@ -849,19 +849,19 @@ void SLsmg_resume_smg (void)
    int i;
    BLOCK_SIGNALS
 
-   if (Smg_Suspended == 0) 
+   if (Smg_Suspended == 0)
      {
 	UNBLOCK_SIGNALS
 	return;
      }
-   
+
    Smg_Suspended = 0;
    SLtt_init_video ();
    Cls_Flag = 1;
    for (i = 0; i < Screen_Rows; i++)
      SL_Screen[i].flags |= TRASHED;
    SLsmg_refresh ();
-   
+
    UNBLOCK_SIGNALS
 }
 
@@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ int SLsmg_init_smg (void)
    int i, len;
    unsigned short *old, *neew;
    BLOCK_SIGNALS
-     
+
    if (Smg_Inited) SLsmg_reset_smg ();
    SLtt_init_video ();
    Screen_Cols = SLtt_Screen_Cols;
@@ -913,8 +913,8 @@ void SLsmg_reset_smg (void)
 {
    int i;
    BLOCK_SIGNALS
-     
+
-   if (Smg_Inited == 0) 
+   if (Smg_Inited == 0)
      {
 	UNBLOCK_SIGNALS
 	return;
@@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ void SLsmg_reset_smg (void)
    SLtt_reset_video ();
    This_Alt_Char = This_Color = 0;
    Smg_Inited = 0;
-   
+
    UNBLOCK_SIGNALS
 }
 
@@ -946,16 +946,16 @@ unsigned short SLsmg_char_at (void)
 void SLsmg_vprintf (char *fmt, va_list ap)
 {
    char p[1000];
-   
+
    (void) vsprintf(p, fmt, ap);
-   
+
    SLsmg_write_string (p);
 }
 
 void SLsmg_set_screen_start (int *r, int *c)
 {
    int or = Start_Row, oc = Start_Col;
-   
+
    if (c == NULL) Start_Col = 0;
    else
      {
@@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ void SLsmg_set_screen_start (int *r, int *c)
 void SLsmg_draw_object (int r, int c, unsigned char object)
 {
    This_Row = r;  This_Col = c;
-   
+
    if (point_visible (1))
      {
 	int color = This_Color;
@@ -992,33 +992,33 @@ void SLsmg_draw_hline (int n)
    int cmin, cmax;
    int final_col = This_Col + n;
    int save_color;
-   
+
-   if ((This_Row < Start_Row) || (This_Row >= Start_Row + Screen_Rows) 
+   if ((This_Row < Start_Row) || (This_Row >= Start_Row + Screen_Rows)
        || (0 == compute_clip (This_Col, n, Start_Col, Start_Col + Screen_Cols,
 			      &cmin, &cmax)))
      {
 	This_Col = final_col;
 	return;
      }
-   
+
    if (hbuf[0] == 0)
      {
 	SLMEMSET ((char *) hbuf, SLSMG_HLINE_CHAR, 16);
      }
-   
+
    n = cmax - cmin;
    count = n / 16;
-   
+
    save_color = This_Color;
    This_Color |= ALT_CHAR_FLAG;
    This_Col = cmin;
-   
+
    SLsmg_write_nchars ((char *) hbuf, n % 16);
    while (count-- > 0)
      {
 	SLsmg_write_nchars ((char *) hbuf, 16);
      }
-   
+
    This_Color = save_color;
    This_Col = final_col;
 }
@@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ void SLsmg_draw_vline (int n)
    int c = This_Col, rmin, rmax;
    int final_row = This_Row + n;
    int save_color;
-   
+
    if (((c < Start_Col) || (c >= Start_Col + Screen_Cols)) ||
        (0 == compute_clip (This_Row, n, Start_Row, Start_Row + Screen_Rows,
 			  &rmin, &rmax)))
@@ -1037,52 +1037,52 @@ void SLsmg_draw_vline (int n)
 	This_Row = final_row;
 	return;
      }
-   
+
    save_color = This_Color;
    This_Color |= ALT_CHAR_FLAG;
-    
+
    for (This_Row = rmin; This_Row < rmax; This_Row++)
      {
 	This_Col = c;
 	SLsmg_write_nchars ((char *) &ch, 1);
      }
-   
+
    This_Col = c;  This_Row = final_row;
    This_Color = save_color;
 }
 
 void SLsmg_draw_box (int r, int c, int dr, int dc)
 {
-   if (!dr || !dc) return; 
+   if (!dr || !dc) return;
    This_Row = r;  This_Col = c;
    dr--; dc--;
-   SLsmg_draw_hline (dc);  
+   SLsmg_draw_hline (dc);
    SLsmg_draw_vline (dr);
    This_Row = r;  This_Col = c;
    SLsmg_draw_vline (dr);
-   SLsmg_draw_hline (dc);   
+   SLsmg_draw_hline (dc);
    SLsmg_draw_object (r, c, SLSMG_ULCORN_CHAR);
    SLsmg_draw_object (r, c + dc, SLSMG_URCORN_CHAR);
    SLsmg_draw_object (r + dr, c, SLSMG_LLCORN_CHAR);
    SLsmg_draw_object (r + dr, c + dc, SLSMG_LRCORN_CHAR);
    This_Row = r; This_Col = c;
 }
-   
+
 void SLsmg_fill_region (int r, int c, int dr, int dc, unsigned char ch)
 {
    static unsigned char hbuf[16];
    int count;
    int dcmax, rmax;
-   
+
-   
+
    if ((dc < 0) || (dr < 0)) return;
-   
+
    SLsmg_gotorc (r, c);
    r = This_Row; c = This_Col;
-   
+
    dcmax = Screen_Cols - This_Col;
    if (dc > dcmax) dc = dcmax;
-   
+
    rmax = This_Row + dr;
    if (rmax > Screen_Rows) rmax = Screen_Rows;
 
@@ -1090,7 +1090,7 @@ void SLsmg_fill_region (int r, int c, int dr, int dc, unsigned char ch)
    ch = Alt_Char_Set[ch];
 #endif
    if (ch != hbuf[0]) SLMEMSET ((char *) hbuf, (char) ch, 16);
-   
+
    for (This_Row = r; This_Row < rmax; This_Row++)
      {
 	This_Col = c;
@@ -1101,7 +1101,7 @@ void SLsmg_fill_region (int r, int c, int dr, int dc, unsigned char ch)
 	     SLsmg_write_nchars ((char *) hbuf, 16);
 	  }
      }
-   
+
    This_Row = r;
 }
 
@@ -1115,21 +1115,21 @@ void SLsmg_write_color_chars (unsigned short *s, unsigned int len)
    unsigned short *smax, sh;
    char buf[32], *b, *bmax;
    int color, save_color;
-   
+
    smax = s + len;
    b = buf;
    bmax = b + sizeof (buf);
-   
+
    save_color = This_Color;
 
    while (s < smax)
      {
 	sh = *s++;
-	
+
 	color = sh >> 8;
 	if ((color != This_Color) || (b == bmax))
 	  {
-	     if (b != buf) 
+	     if (b != buf)
 	       {
 		  SLsmg_write_nchars (buf, (int) (b - buf));
 		  b = buf;
@@ -1138,10 +1138,10 @@ void SLsmg_write_color_chars (unsigned short *s, unsigned int len)
 	  }
 	*b++ = (char) (sh & 0xFF);
      }
-   
+
    if (b != buf)
      SLsmg_write_nchars (buf, (int) (b - buf));
-	
+
    This_Color = save_color;
 }
 
@@ -1150,13 +1150,13 @@ unsigned int SLsmg_read_raw (unsigned short *buf, unsigned int len)
    unsigned int r, c;
 
    if (0 == point_visible (1)) return 0;
-   
+
    r = (unsigned int) (This_Row - Start_Row);
    c = (unsigned int) (This_Col - Start_Col);
-   
+
    if (c + len > (unsigned int) Screen_Cols)
      len = (unsigned int) Screen_Cols - c;
-   
+
    memcpy ((char *) buf, (char *) (SL_Screen[r].neew + c), len * sizeof (short));
    return len;
 }
@@ -1165,19 +1165,19 @@ unsigned int SLsmg_write_raw (unsigned short *buf, unsigned int len)
 {
    unsigned int r, c;
    unsigned short *dest;
-   
+
    if (0 == point_visible (1)) return 0;
-   
+
    r = (unsigned int) (This_Row - Start_Row);
    c = (unsigned int) (This_Col - Start_Col);
-   
+
    if (c + len > (unsigned int) Screen_Cols)
      len = (unsigned int) Screen_Cols - c;
-   
+
    dest = SL_Screen[r].neew + c;
-   
+
    if (0 != memcmp ((char *) dest, (char *) buf, len * sizeof (short)))
-     {	
+     {
 	memcpy ((char *) dest, (char *) buf, len * sizeof (short));
 	SL_Screen[r].flags |= TOUCHED;
      }

rosapps/mc/slang/sltermin.c

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 
 /* Copyright (c) 1992, 1995 John E. Davis
  * All rights reserved.
- * 
+ *
  * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public
  * License or the Perl Artistic License.
  */
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
  * The majority of the comments found in the file were taken from the
  * term(4) man page on an SGI.
  */
- 
+
 /* Short integers are stored in two 8-bit bytes.  The first byte contains
  * the least significant 8 bits of the value, and the second byte contains
  * the most significant 8 bits.  (Thus, the value represented is
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ static int make_integer (unsigned char *buf)
  * tic, and read by the routine setupterm [see curses(3X).]  The file is
  * divided into six parts in the following order:  the header, terminal
  * names, boolean flags, numbers, strings, and string table.
- * 
+ *
  * The header section begins the file.  This section contains six short
  * integers in the format described below.  These integers are (1) the magic
  * number (octal 0432); (2) the size, in bytes, of the names section; (3)
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ static int make_integer (unsigned char *buf)
 
 #define MAGIC 0432
 
-/* In this structure, all char * fields are malloced EXCEPT if the 
+/* In this structure, all char * fields are malloced EXCEPT if the
  * structure is SLTERMCAP.  In that case, only terminal_names is malloced
  * and the other fields are pointers into it.
  */
@@ -77,19 +77,19 @@ typedef struct
 
    unsigned int name_section_size;
    char *terminal_names;
-   
+
    unsigned int boolean_section_size;
    unsigned char *boolean_flags;
-   
+
    unsigned int num_numbers;
    unsigned char *numbers;
-   
+
    unsigned int num_string_offsets;
    unsigned char *string_offsets;
-   
+
    unsigned int string_table_size;
    char *string_table;
-   
+
 } Terminfo_Type;
 
 static char *tcap_getstr (char *, Terminfo_Type *);
@@ -101,10 +101,10 @@ static FILE *open_terminfo (char *file, Terminfo_Type *h)
 {
    FILE *fp;
    unsigned char buf[12];
-   
+
    fp = fopen (file, "rb");
    if (fp == NULL) return NULL;
-   
+
    if ((12 == fread ((char *) buf, 1, 12, fp) && (MAGIC == make_integer (buf))))
      {
 	h->name_section_size = make_integer (buf + 2);
@@ -113,15 +113,15 @@ static FILE *open_terminfo (char *file, Terminfo_Type *h)
 	h->num_string_offsets = make_integer (buf + 8);
 	h->string_table_size = make_integer (buf + 10);
      }
-   else 
+   else
      {
 	fclose (fp);
 	fp = NULL;
      }
    return fp;
 }
-   
+
-/* 
+/*
  * The terminal names section comes next.  It contains the first line of the
  * terminfo description, listing the various names for the terminal,
  * separated by the bar ( | ) character (see term(5)).  The section is
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ static FILE *open_terminfo (char *file, Terminfo_Type *h)
 static unsigned char *read_terminfo_section (FILE *fp, unsigned int size)
 {
    char *s;
-   
+
    if (NULL == (s = (char *) SLMALLOC (size))) return NULL;
    if (size != fread (s, 1, size, fp))
      {
@@ -161,16 +161,16 @@ static unsigned char *read_boolean_flags (FILE *fp, Terminfo_Type *t)
     * even byte offset. All short integers are aligned on a short word
     * boundary.
     */
-   
+
    unsigned int size = (t->name_section_size + t->boolean_section_size) % 2;
    size += t->boolean_section_size;
-   
+
    return t->boolean_flags = read_terminfo_section (fp, size);
 }
 
 
 
-/* 
+/*
  * The numbers section is similar to the boolean flags section.  Each
  * capability takes up two bytes, and is stored as a short integer.  If the
  * value represented is -1 or -2, the capability is taken to be missing.
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ static char *read_string_table (FILE *fp, Terminfo_Type *t)
  */
 
 #define MAX_TI_DIRS 7
-static char *Terminfo_Dirs [MAX_TI_DIRS] = 
+static char *Terminfo_Dirs [MAX_TI_DIRS] =
 {
    NULL,
    "/usr/lib/terminfo",
@@ -232,25 +232,25 @@ static char *Terminfo_Dirs [MAX_TI_DIRS] =
 
 char *SLtt_tigetent (char *term)
 {
-   char *tidir; 
+   char *tidir;
    int i;
    FILE *fp = NULL;
    char file[256];
    Terminfo_Type *ti;
 
    if (
-       (term == NULL) 
+       (term == NULL)
 #ifdef SLANG_UNTIC
        && (SLang_Untic_Terminfo_File == NULL)
 #endif
        )
      return NULL;
-   
+
    if (NULL == (ti = (Terminfo_Type *) SLMALLOC (sizeof (Terminfo_Type))))
      {
 	return NULL;
      }
-   
+
 #ifdef SLANG_UNTIC
    if (SLang_Untic_Terminfo_File != NULL)
      {
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ char *SLtt_tigetent (char *term)
 #endif
    /* If we are on a termcap based system, use termcap */
    if (0 == tcap_getent (term, ti)) return (char *) ti;
-       
+
    Terminfo_Dirs[0] = getenv ("TERMINFO");
    i = 0;
    while (i < MAX_TI_DIRS)
@@ -277,8 +277,8 @@ char *SLtt_tigetent (char *term)
 #ifdef SLANG_UNTIC
    fp_open_label:
 #endif
-   
+
-   if (fp != NULL) 
+   if (fp != NULL)
      {
 	if (NULL != read_terminal_names (fp, ti))
 	  {
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ char *SLtt_tigetent (char *term)
 	  }
 	fclose (fp);
      }
-   
+
    SLFREE (ti);
    return NULL;
 }
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ char *SLtt_tigetent (char *term)
 # define UNTIC_COMMENT(x)
 #endif
 
-typedef struct 
+typedef struct
 {
    char name[3];
    int offset;
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ static int compute_cap_offset (char *cap, Terminfo_Type *t, Tgetstr_Map_Type *ma
 
    (void) t;
    cha = *cap++; chb = *cap;
-   
+
    while (*map->name != 0)
      {
 	if ((cha == *map->name) && (chb == *(map->name + 1)))
@@ -426,16 +426,16 @@ static int compute_cap_offset (char *cap, Terminfo_Type *t, Tgetstr_Map_Type *ma
    return -1;
 }
 
-   
+
 char *SLtt_tigetstr (char *cap, char **pp)
 {
    int offset;
    Terminfo_Type *t;
-   
+
    if ((pp == NULL) || (NULL == (t = (Terminfo_Type *) *pp))) return NULL;
-   
+
    if (t->flags == SLTERMCAP) return tcap_getstr (cap, t);
-   
+
    offset = compute_cap_offset (cap, t, Tgetstr_Map, t->num_string_offsets);
    if (offset < 0) return NULL;
    offset = make_integer (t->string_offsets + 2 * offset);
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ int SLtt_tigetnum (char *cap, char **pp)
 {
    int offset;
    Terminfo_Type *t;
-   
+
    if ((pp == NULL) || (NULL == (t = (Terminfo_Type *) *pp))) return -1;
 
    if (t->flags == SLTERMCAP) return tcap_getnum (cap, t);
@@ -483,13 +483,13 @@ int SLtt_tigetflag (char *cap, char **pp)
 {
    int offset;
    Terminfo_Type *t;
-   
+
    if ((pp == NULL) || (NULL == (t = (Terminfo_Type *) *pp))) return -1;
 
    if (t->flags == SLTERMCAP) return tcap_getflag (cap, t);
-   
+
    offset = compute_cap_offset (cap, t, Tgetflag_Map, t->boolean_section_size);
-   
+
    if (offset < 0) return -1;
    return (int) *(t->boolean_flags + offset);
 }
@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ static int tcap_getflag (char *cap, Terminfo_Type *t)
    char a, b;
    char *f = (char *) t->boolean_flags;
    char *fmax;
-   
+
    if (f == NULL) return 0;
    fmax = f + t->boolean_section_size;
 
@@ -524,10 +524,10 @@ static char *tcap_get_cap (unsigned char *cap, unsigned char *caps, unsigned int
 {
    unsigned char c0, c1;
    unsigned char *caps_max;
-   
+
    c0 = cap[0];
    c1 = cap[1];
-   
+
    if (caps == NULL) return NULL;
    caps_max = caps + len;
    while (caps < caps_max)
@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ static char *tcap_get_cap (unsigned char *cap, unsigned char *caps, unsigned int
    return NULL;
 }
 
-   
+
 static int tcap_getnum (char *cap, Terminfo_Type *t)
 {
    cap = tcap_get_cap ((unsigned char *) cap, t->numbers, t->num_numbers);
@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ static int tcap_getent (char *term, Terminfo_Type *ti)
    unsigned char *buf, *b;
    unsigned char *t;
    int len;
-   
+
    if (SLtt_Try_Termcap == 0) return -1;
 #if 1
    /* XFREE86 xterm sets the TERMCAP environment variable to an invalid
@@ -580,8 +580,8 @@ static int tcap_getent (char *term, Terminfo_Type *ti)
 #endif
    termcap = (unsigned char *) getenv ("TERMCAP");
    if ((termcap == NULL) || (*termcap == '/')) return -1;
-   
+
-   /* We have a termcap so lets use it provided it does not have a reference 
+   /* We have a termcap so lets use it provided it does not have a reference
     * to another terminal via tc=.  In that case, user terminfo.  The alternative
     * would be to parse the termcap file which I do not want to do right now.
     * Besides, this is a terminfo based system and if the termcap were parsed
@@ -595,17 +595,17 @@ static int tcap_getent (char *term, Terminfo_Type *ti)
 	  return -1;
 	t += (len + 1);
      }
-   
+
    /* malloc some extra space just in case it is needed. */
    len = strlen ((char *) termcap) + 256;
    if (NULL == (buf = (unsigned char *) SLMALLOC ((unsigned int) len))) return -1;
 
    b = buf;
-   
+
    /* The beginning of the termcap entry contains the names of the entry.
-    * It is terminated by a colon. 
+    * It is terminated by a colon.
     */
-   
+
    ti->terminal_names = (char *) b;
    t = termcap;
    len = tcap_extract_field (t);
@@ -618,14 +618,14 @@ static int tcap_getent (char *term, Terminfo_Type *ti)
    b[len] = 0;
    b += len + 1;
    ti->name_section_size = len;
-   
+
-   
+
-   /* Now, we are really at the start of the termcap entries.  Point the 
+   /* Now, we are really at the start of the termcap entries.  Point the
     * termcap variable here since we want to refer to this a number of times.
     */
    termcap = t + (len + 1);
-   
+
-   
+
    /* Process strings first. */
    ti->string_table = (char *) b;
    t = termcap;
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ static int tcap_getent (char *term, Terminfo_Type *ti)
      {
 	unsigned char *b1;
 	unsigned char *tmax;
-	
+
 	/* We are looking for: XX=something */
 	if ((len < 4) || (t[2] != '=') || (*t == '.'))
 	  {
@@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ static int tcap_getent (char *term, Terminfo_Type *ti)
 	  }
 	tmax = t + len;
 	b1 = b;
-	
+
 	while (t < tmax)
 	  {
 	     ch = *t++;
@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ static int tcap_getent (char *term, Terminfo_Type *ti)
 	b1[2] = (unsigned char) len;    /* replace the = by the length */
 	/* skip colon to next field. */
 	t++;
-     }   
+     }
    ti->string_table_size = (int) (b - (unsigned char *) ti->string_table);
 
    /* Now process the numbers. */
@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ static int tcap_getent (char *term, Terminfo_Type *ti)
      {
 	unsigned char *b1;
 	unsigned char *tmax;
-	
+
 	/* We are looking for: XX#NUMBER */
 	if ((len < 4) || (t[2] != '#') || (*t == '.'))
 	  {
@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ static int tcap_getent (char *term, Terminfo_Type *ti)
 	  }
 	tmax = t + len;
 	b1 = b;
-	
+
 	while (t < tmax)
 	  {
 	     *b++ = *t++;
@@ -694,16 +694,16 @@ static int tcap_getent (char *term, Terminfo_Type *ti)
 	len = (int) (b - b1);
 	b1[2] = (unsigned char) len;    /* replace the # by the length */
 	t++;
-     }   
+     }
    ti->num_numbers = (int) (b - ti->numbers);
-   
+
    /* Now process the flags. */
    t = termcap;
    ti->boolean_flags = b;
    while (-1 != (len = tcap_extract_field (t)))
      {
 	/* We are looking for: XX#NUMBER */
-	if ((len != 2) || (*t == '.') || (*t <= ' ')) 
+	if ((len != 2) || (*t == '.') || (*t <= ' '))
 	  {
 	     t += len + 1;
 	     continue;
@@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ static int tcap_getent (char *term, Terminfo_Type *ti)
 	b[1] = t[1];
 	t += 3;
 	b += 2;
-     }   
+     }
    ti->boolean_section_size = (int) (b - ti->boolean_flags);
    ti->flags = SLTERMCAP;
    return 0;

rosapps/mc/slang/sltoken.c

@@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ char *SLexpand_escaped_char(char *p, char *ch)
    int i = 0;
    int max = 0, num, base = 0;
    char ch1;
-   
+
    ch1 = *p++;
-   
+
    switch (ch1)
      {
       default: num = ch1; break;
@@ -75,23 +75,23 @@ char *SLexpand_escaped_char(char *p, char *ch)
       case 'r': num = '\r'; break;
       case 'f': num = '\f'; break;
       case 'E': case 'e': num = 27; break;
-      case 'a': num = 7; 
+      case 'a': num = 7;
 	break;
-	
+
 	/* octal */
-      case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': 
+      case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3':
-      case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': 
+      case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7':
-	max = '7'; 
+	max = '7';
 	base = 8; i = 2; num = ch1 - '0';
 	break;
-	
+
       case 'd':			       /* decimal -- S-Lang extension */
-	base = 10; 
+	base = 10;
 	i = 3;
 	max = '9';
 	num = 0;
 	break;
-	
+
       case 'x':			       /* hex */
 	base = 16;
 	max = '9';
@@ -99,11 +99,11 @@ char *SLexpand_escaped_char(char *p, char *ch)
 	num = 0;
 	break;
      }
-   
+
    while (i--)
      {
 	ch1 = *p;
-	
+
 	if ((ch1 <= max) && (ch1 >= '0'))
 	  {
 	     num = base * num + (ch1 - '0');
@@ -117,16 +117,16 @@ char *SLexpand_escaped_char(char *p, char *ch)
 	else break;
 	p++;
      }
-   
+
    *ch = (char) num;
    return p;
 }
 
-void SLexpand_escaped_string (register char *s, register char *t, 
+void SLexpand_escaped_string (register char *s, register char *t,
 			      register char *tmax)
 {
    char ch;
-   
+
    while (t < tmax)
      {
 	ch = *t++;
@@ -146,13 +146,13 @@ int SLang_extract_token (char **linep, char *word_parm, int byte_comp)
    int string;
    char ch1;
    char *word_max;
-   
+
    word_max = word + 250;
-   
+
    line = *linep;
 
    /* skip white space */
-   while (((ch = *line) == ' ') 
+   while (((ch = *line) == ' ')
 	  || (ch == '\t')) line++;
 
    if ((!ch) || (ch == '\n'))
@@ -160,26 +160,26 @@ int SLang_extract_token (char **linep, char *word_parm, int byte_comp)
 	*linep = line;
 	return(0);
      }
-   
+
    *word++ = ch;
    line++;
-   
+
    /* Look for -something and rule out --something and -= something */
-   if ((ch == '-') && 
+   if ((ch == '-') &&
        (*line != '-') && (*line != '=') && ((*line > '9') || (*line < '0')))
      {
 	*word = 0;
 	*linep = line;
 	return 1;
      }
-   
+
-       
+
    if (ch == '"') string = 1; else string = 0;
    if (ch == '\'')
      {
 	if ((ch = *line++) != 0)
 	  {
-	     if (ch == '\\') 
+	     if (ch == '\\')
 	       {
 		  line = SLexpand_escaped_char(line, &ch1);
 		  ch = ch1;
@@ -196,8 +196,8 @@ int SLang_extract_token (char **linep, char *word_parm, int byte_comp)
      }
    else  if (!special_chars[(unsigned char) ch])
      {
-	while (ch = *line++, 
+	while (ch = *line++,
-	       (ch > '"') || 
+	       (ch > '"') ||
 	       ((ch != '\n') && (ch != 0) && (ch != '"')))
 	  {
 	     if (string)
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ int SLang_extract_token (char **linep, char *word_parm, int byte_comp)
 		       ch = *line++;
 		       if ((ch == 0) || (ch == '\n')) break;
 		       if (byte_comp) *word++ = '\\';
-		       else 
+		       else
 			 {
 			    line = SLexpand_escaped_char(line - 1, &ch1);
 			    ch = ch1;
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ int SLang_extract_token (char **linep, char *word_parm, int byte_comp)
 		  line--;
 		  break;
 	       }
-	     
+
 	     *word++ = ch;
 	     if (word > word_max)
 	       {
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ int SLang_extract_token (char **linep, char *word_parm, int byte_comp)
 	       }
 	  }
      }
-   
+
    if ((!ch) || (ch == '\n')) line--;
    if ((ch == '"') && string) *word++ = '"'; else if (string) SLang_Error = SYNTAX_ERROR;
    *word = 0;
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ int SLang_guess_type (char *t)
    if (*t == '-') t++;
    p = t;
 #ifdef FLOAT_TYPE
-   if (*p != '.') 
+   if (*p != '.')
      {
 #endif
 	while ((*p >= '0') && (*p <= '9')) p++;
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ int SLang_guess_type (char *t)
 	if ((*p == 'x') && (p == t + 1))   /* 0x?? */
 	  {
 	     p++;
-	     while (ch = *p, 
+	     while (ch = *p,
 		    ((ch >= '0') && (ch <= '9'))
 		    || (((ch | 0x20) >= 'a') && ((ch | 0x20) <= 'f'))) p++;
 	  }
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ int SLang_guess_type (char *t)
 	return(STRING_TYPE);
 #else
      }
-   
+
    /* now down to float case */
    if (*p == '.')
      {
@@ -297,24 +297,24 @@ int SLatoi (unsigned char *s)
    register unsigned char ch;
    register unsigned int value;
    register int base;
-   
+
    if (*s != '0') return atoi((char *) s);
 
    /* look for 'x' which indicates hex */
    s++;
-   if ((*s | 0x20) == 'x') 
+   if ((*s | 0x20) == 'x')
      {
 	base = 16;
 	s++;
-	if (*s == 0) 
+	if (*s == 0)
 	  {
 	     SLang_Error = SYNTAX_ERROR;
 	     return -1;
 	  }
      }
    else base = 8;
-   
+
-   
+
    value = 0;
    while ((ch = *s++) != 0)
      {
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ int SLatoi (unsigned char *s)
 	   case '7':
 	     ch1 -= '0';
 	     break;
-	     
+
 	   case 'a':
 	   case 'b':
 	   case 'c':

rosapps/mc/slang/slutty.c

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /* slutty.c --- Unix Low level terminal (tty) functions for S-Lang */
 /* Copyright (c) 1992, 1995 John E. Davis
  * All rights reserved.
- * 
+ *
  * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public
  * License or the Perl Artistic License.
  */
@@ -104,27 +104,27 @@ typedef struct termios TTY_Termio_Type;
 static TTY_Termio_Type Old_TTY;
 
 #ifdef HAVE_TERMIOS_H
-static struct 
+static struct
 {
     speed_t key;
     int value;
-} Baud_Rates[] = 
+} Baud_Rates[] =
 {
    {B0, 0},
-   {B50, 50}, 
+   {B50, 50},
-   {B75, 75}, 
+   {B75, 75},
-   {B110, 110}, 
+   {B110, 110},
-   {B134, 134}, 
+   {B134, 134},
-   {B150, 150}, 
+   {B150, 150},
-   {B200, 200}, 
+   {B200, 200},
-   {B300, 300}, 
+   {B300, 300},
-   {B600, 600}, 
+   {B600, 600},
-   {B1200, 1200}, 
+   {B1200, 1200},
-   {B1800, 1800}, 
+   {B1800, 1800},
-   {B2400, 2400}, 
+   {B2400, 2400},
-   {B4800, 4800}, 
+   {B4800, 4800},
-   {B9600, 9600}, 
+   {B9600, 9600},
-   {B19200, 19200}, 
+   {B19200, 19200},
    {B38400, 38400}
 #ifdef B57600
    , {B57600, 57600}
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ static int
 speed_t2baud_rate (speed_t s)
 {
     int i;
-    
+
     for (i = 0; i < sizeof (Baud_Rates)/sizeof (Baud_Rates[0]); i++)
 	if (Baud_Rates[i].key == s)
 	    return (Baud_Rates[i].value);
@@ -185,17 +185,17 @@ speed_t2baud_rate (speed_t s)
 int SLang_init_tty (int abort_char, int no_flow_control, int opost)
 {
    TTY_Termio_Type newtty;
-   
+
    SLsig_block_signals ();
-   
+
-   if (TTY_Inited) 
+   if (TTY_Inited)
      {
 	SLsig_unblock_signals ();
 	return 0;
      }
-   
+
    TTY_Open = 0;
-   
+
    if ((SLang_TT_Read_FD == -1)
        || (1 != isatty (SLang_TT_Read_FD)))
      {
@@ -215,14 +215,14 @@ int SLang_init_tty (int abort_char, int no_flow_control, int opost)
 #if 0
 /* In the Midnight Commander we bind stderr sometimes to a pipe. If we
    use stderr for terminal input and call SLang_getkey while stderr is
-   bound to a pipe MC will hang completly in SLsys_input_pending. 
+   bound to a pipe MC will hang completly in SLsys_input_pending.
    NOTE: There's an independent fix for this problem in src/slint.c for
-   the case that the Midnight Commander is linked against a shared slang 
+   the case that the Midnight Commander is linked against a shared slang
    library compiled from different sources.
  */
 	     SLang_TT_Read_FD = fileno (stderr);
 	     if (1 != isatty (SLang_TT_Read_FD))
-#endif	     
+#endif
 	       {
 		  SLang_TT_Read_FD = fileno (stdin);
 		  if (1 != isatty (SLang_TT_Read_FD))
@@ -233,10 +233,10 @@ int SLang_init_tty (int abort_char, int no_flow_control, int opost)
 	       }
 	  }
      }
-   
+
    SLang_Abort_Char = abort_char;
-   
+
-   /* Some systems may not permit signals to be blocked.  As a result, the 
+   /* Some systems may not permit signals to be blocked.  As a result, the
     * return code must be checked.
     */
    while (-1 == GET_TERMIOS(SLang_TT_Read_FD, &Old_TTY))
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ int SLang_init_tty (int abort_char, int no_flow_control, int opost)
 	     return -1;
 	  }
      }
-   
+
    while (-1 == GET_TERMIOS(SLang_TT_Read_FD, &newtty))
      {
 	if (errno != EINTR)
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ int SLang_init_tty (int abort_char, int no_flow_control, int opost)
 	     return -1;
 	  }
      }
-   
+
 #ifndef HAVE_TERMIOS_H
    newtty.s.sg_flags &= ~(ECHO);
    newtty.s.sg_flags &= ~(CRMOD);
@@ -270,9 +270,9 @@ int SLang_init_tty (int abort_char, int no_flow_control, int opost)
    newtty.lt.t_lnextc = 255;
    newtty.s.sg_flags |= CBREAK;		/* do I want cbreak or raw????? */
 #else
-   
+
    /* get baud rate */
-   
+
    /* [not only QNX related !?!]
     * ECHO(0x08) is a c_lflag bit, it means here PARMRK(0x08) in c_iflag!!!
     */
@@ -285,11 +285,11 @@ int SLang_init_tty (int abort_char, int no_flow_control, int opost)
 
    if (SLang_TT_Baud_Rate == 0)
      {
-/* Note:  if this generates an compiler error, simply remove 
+/* Note:  if this generates an compiler error, simply remove
    the statement */
 #ifdef HAVE_CFGETOSPEED
 	SLang_TT_Baud_Rate = cfgetospeed (&newtty);
-#endif	
+#endif
 	SLang_TT_Baud_Rate = speed_t2baud_rate (SLang_TT_Baud_Rate);
      }
    if (no_flow_control) newtty.c_iflag &= ~IXON; else newtty.c_iflag |= IXON;
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ int SLang_init_tty (int abort_char, int no_flow_control, int opost)
    newtty.c_cc[VSWTCH] = NULL_VALUE;   /* to ignore who knows what */
 #endif
 #endif /* NOT HAVE_TERMIOS_H */
-   
+
    while (-1 == SET_TERMIOS(SLang_TT_Read_FD, &newtty))
      {
 	if (errno != EINTR)
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ int SLang_init_tty (int abort_char, int no_flow_control, int opost)
 	     return -1;
 	  }
      }
-   
+
    TTY_Inited = 1;
    SLsig_unblock_signals ();
    return 0;
@@ -324,19 +324,19 @@ int SLang_init_tty (int abort_char, int no_flow_control, int opost)
 void SLtty_set_suspend_state (int mode)
 {
    TTY_Termio_Type newtty;
-   
+
    SLsig_block_signals ();
-   
+
    if (TTY_Inited == 0)
      {
 	SLsig_unblock_signals ();
 	return;
      }
-      
+
    while ((-1 == GET_TERMIOS (SLang_TT_Read_FD, &newtty))
 	  && (errno == EINTR))
      ;
-   
+
 #ifndef HAVE_TERMIOS_H
    if (mode == 0) newtty.lt.t_suspc = 255;
    else newtty.lt.t_suspc = Old_TTY.lt.t_suspc;
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ void SLtty_set_suspend_state (int mode)
    if (mode == 0) newtty.c_cc[VSUSP] = NULL_VALUE;
    else newtty.c_cc[VSUSP] = Old_TTY.c_cc[VSUSP];
 #endif
-   
+
    while ((-1 == SET_TERMIOS (SLang_TT_Read_FD, &newtty))
 	  && (errno == EINTR))
      ;
@@ -355,27 +355,27 @@ void SLtty_set_suspend_state (int mode)
 void SLang_reset_tty (void)
 {
    SLsig_block_signals ();
-   
+
    if (TTY_Inited == 0)
      {
 	SLsig_unblock_signals ();
 	return;
      }
-   
+
    while ((-1 == SET_TERMIOS(SLang_TT_Read_FD, &Old_TTY))
 	  && (errno == EINTR))
      ;
-   
+
    if (TTY_Open)
      {
 	while ((-1 == close (SLang_TT_Read_FD))
 	       && (errno == EINTR))
 	  ;
-	  
+
 	TTY_Open = 0;
 	SLang_TT_Read_FD = -1;
      }
-   
+
    TTY_Inited = 0;
    SLsig_unblock_signals ();
 }
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ void SLang_reset_tty (void)
 static void default_sigint (int sig)
 {
    sig = errno;			       /* use parameter */
-   
+
    SLKeyBoard_Quit = 1;
    if (SLang_Ignore_User_Abort == 0) SLang_Error = USER_BREAK;
    SLsignal_intr (SIGINT, default_sigint);
@@ -393,10 +393,10 @@ static void default_sigint (int sig)
 void SLang_set_abort_signal (void (*hand)(int))
 {
    int save_errno = errno;
-   
+
    if (hand == NULL) hand = default_sigint;
    SLsignal_intr (SIGINT, hand);
-   
+
    errno = save_errno;
 }
 
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ int SLsys_input_pending(int tsecs)
    long usecs, secs;
 
    if (TTY_Inited == 0) return -1;
-   
+
    if (tsecs >= 0)
      {
 	secs = tsecs / 10;
@@ -430,13 +430,13 @@ int SLsys_input_pending(int tsecs)
 	secs = tsecs / 1000;
 	usecs = (tsecs % 1000) * 1000;
      }
-   
+
    wait.tv_sec = secs;
    wait.tv_usec = usecs;
 
    FD_ZERO(&Read_FD_Set);
    FD_SET(SLang_TT_Read_FD, &Read_FD_Set);
-   
+
    return select(SLang_TT_Read_FD + 1, &Read_FD_Set, NULL, NULL, &wait);
 }
 
@@ -448,69 +448,69 @@ static int handle_interrupt (void)
    if (SLang_getkey_intr_hook != NULL)
      {
 	int save_tty_fd = SLang_TT_Read_FD;
-   
+
 	if (-1 == (*SLang_getkey_intr_hook) ())
 	  return -1;
-	
+
 	if (save_tty_fd != SLang_TT_Read_FD)
 	  return -1;
      }
-   
+
    return 0;
 }
 
 unsigned int SLsys_getkey (void)
 {
    unsigned char c;
-   
+
    if (TTY_Inited == 0)
      {
 	int ic = fgetc (stdin);
 	if (ic == EOF) return SLANG_GETKEY_ERROR;
 	return (unsigned int) ic;
      }
-   
+
    while (1)
      {
 	int ret;
-	
+
-	if (SLKeyBoard_Quit) 
+	if (SLKeyBoard_Quit)
 	  return SLang_Abort_Char;
-	
+
 	if (0 == (ret = SLsys_input_pending (100)))
 	  continue;
-	
+
 	if (ret != -1)
 	  break;
-	
+
-	if (SLKeyBoard_Quit) 
+	if (SLKeyBoard_Quit)
 	  return SLang_Abort_Char;
-	
+
 	if (errno == EINTR)
 	  {
 	     if (-1 == handle_interrupt ())
 	       return SLANG_GETKEY_ERROR;
-	     
+
 	     continue;
 	  }
-	
+
 	break;			       /* let read handle it */
      }
-   
+
    while (-1 == read(SLang_TT_Read_FD, (char *) &c, 1))
      {
-	if (errno == EINTR) 
+	if (errno == EINTR)
 	  {
 	     if (-1 == handle_interrupt ())
 	       return SLANG_GETKEY_ERROR;
-	     
+
-	     if (SLKeyBoard_Quit) 
+	     if (SLKeyBoard_Quit)
 	       return SLang_Abort_Char;
-	     
+
 	     continue;
 	  }
 #ifdef EAGAIN
-	if (errno == EAGAIN) 
+	if (errno == EAGAIN)
 	  {
 	     sleep (1);
 	     continue;

rosapps/mc/slang/slvideo.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Copyright (c) 1992, 1995 John E. Davis
  * All rights reserved.
- * 
+ *
  * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public
  * License or the Perl Artistic License.
  */
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ static int Blink_Killed;	/* high intensity background enabled */
 #define JNORMAL_COLOR	0
 #define JNO_COLOR	-1
 
-static unsigned char Color_Map [JMAX_COLORS] = 
+static unsigned char Color_Map [JMAX_COLORS] =
 {
    0x7, 0x70, 0x70, 0x70, 0x70, 0x7, 0x7, 0x7,
    0x7, 0x7, 0x7, 0x7, 0x7, 0x7, 0x7, 0x7,
@@ -210,24 +210,24 @@ static int Saved_Cursor_Row;
 static void save_screen (void)
 {
    int row, col;
-   
+
    if (Saved_Screen_Buffer != NULL)
      {
 	SLFREE (Saved_Screen_Buffer);
 	Saved_Screen_Buffer = NULL;
      }
-#ifdef GO32_VIDEO   
+#ifdef GO32_VIDEO
-   Saved_Screen_Buffer = SLMALLOC (sizeof (short) * 
+   Saved_Screen_Buffer = SLMALLOC (sizeof (short) *
 				   ScreenCols () * ScreenRows ());
 
    if (Saved_Screen_Buffer == NULL)
      return;
-   
+
    ScreenRetrieve (Saved_Screen_Buffer);
    ScreenGetCursor (&row, &col);
    Saved_Cursor_Row = row;
 #endif
-   
+
 }
 
 static void restore_screen (void)
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ static void restore_screen (void)
    ScreenUpdate (Saved_Screen_Buffer);
    SLtt_goto_rc (Saved_Cursor_Row, 0);
 #endif
-   
+
 }
 #endif				       /* HAS_SAVE_SCREEN */
 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*\
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ void SLtt_write_string (char *str)
 {
 #ifdef WIN32
    unsigned long bytes;
-   
+
    (void) WriteConsole(hStdout, str, strlen(str), &bytes, NULL);
 #else
    fputs (str, stdout);
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ void SLtt_goto_rc (int row, int col)
    newPosition.X = col;
    newPosition.Y = row;
 #endif
-   
+
 #if !defined (USE_ASM)
    if (row > SLtt_Screen_Rows) row = SLtt_Screen_Rows;
    if (col > SLtt_Screen_Cols) col = SLtt_Screen_Cols;
@@ -398,10 +398,10 @@ static void slvid_deleol (int x)
    unsigned char *p, *pmax;
    int w = mkSpaceChar ();
    int count = SLtt_Screen_Cols - x;
-   
+
    p = Line_Buffer;
    pmax = p + 2 * count;
-   
+
    while (p < pmax)
      {
 	*p++ = (unsigned char) w;
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ void SLtt_begin_insert (void)
    slvid_getxy ();
    n = SLtt_Screen_Cols - Cursor_Col;
    /* Msdos_Insert_Mode = 1; */
-   
+
 # ifndef WIN32
 #  if defined (EMX_VIDEO)
    v_getline (Line_Buffer, Cursor_Col, Cursor_Row, n);
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ void SLtt_begin_insert (void)
    VioWrtCellStr ((PCH)Line_Buffer, n, Cursor_Row, Cursor_Col + 1, 0);
 #   else	/* __os2__ */
    p = mkScreenPointer (Cursor_Row, SLtt_Screen_Cols - 1);
-   
+
 #    if defined (HAS_LINEAR_SCREEN)
    /* pmin = p - (n-1); */
    pmin = mkScreenPointer (Cursor_Row, Cursor_Col);
@@ -452,23 +452,23 @@ void SLtt_begin_insert (void)
    asm  mov ax, ds
      asm  mov bx, di
      asm  mov dx, si
-     
+
      asm  mov cx, n
      asm  les di, p
      asm  lds si, p
      asm  sub si, 2
      asm  std
      asm  rep movsw
-     
+
      asm  mov ds, ax
      asm  mov di, bx
      asm  mov si, dx
 #    endif	/* HAS_LINEAR_SCREEN */
 #   endif  /* __os2__ */
 #  endif	/* EMX_VIDEO */
-     
+
 # endif  /* WIN32 */
-     
+
 #endif	/* not GO32_VIDEO */
 }
 
@@ -497,12 +497,12 @@ void SLtt_delete_char (void)
 #  endif
 # endif
    int n;
-   
+
    slvid_getxy ();
    n = SLtt_Screen_Cols - Cursor_Col - 1;
-   
+
 # ifndef WIN32
-   
+
 #  if defined (EMX_VIDEO)
    v_getline (Line_Buffer, Cursor_Col+1, Cursor_Row, n);
    v_putline (Line_Buffer, Cursor_Col, Cursor_Row, n);
@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ void SLtt_delete_char (void)
    return;
 #   else	/* __os2__ */
    p = mkScreenPointer (Cursor_Row, Cursor_Col);
-   
+
 #    if defined (HAS_LINEAR_SCREEN)
    while (n--)
      {
@@ -527,23 +527,23 @@ void SLtt_delete_char (void)
    asm  mov ax, ds
      asm  mov bx, si
      asm  mov dx, di
-     
+
      asm  mov cx, n
      asm  les di, p
      asm  lds si, p
      asm  add si, 2
      asm  cld
      asm  rep movsw
-     
+
      asm  mov ds, ax
      asm  mov si, bx
      asm  mov di, dx
 #    endif	/* HAS_LINEAR_SCREEN */
 #   endif /* __os2__ */
 #  endif /* EMX_VIDEO */
-     
+
 # endif /* WIN32 */
-     
+
 #endif /* not GO32_VIDEO */
 }
 
@@ -555,9 +555,9 @@ void SLtt_delete_char (void)
 \*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
 void SLtt_erase_line (void)
 {
-   
+
 #ifndef WIN32
-   
+
 # if defined (GO32_VIDEO) || defined (EMX_VIDEO)
    Attribute_Byte = 0x07;
    slvid_deleol (0);
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ void SLtt_erase_line (void)
    unsigned short *p = mkScreenPointer (Cursor_Row, 0);
 #   if defined (HAS_LINEAR_SCREEN)
    register unsigned short *pmax = p + SLtt_Screen_Cols;
-   
+
    Attribute_Byte = 0x07;
    w = mkSpaceChar ();
    while (p < pmax) *p++ = w;
@@ -591,9 +591,9 @@ void SLtt_erase_line (void)
 #  endif  /* __os2__ */
 # endif  /* GO32_VIDEO or EMX_VIDEO */
      Current_Color = JNO_COLOR;		/* since we messed with attribute byte */
-   
+
 #endif  /* WIN32 */
-   
+
 }
 
 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*\
@@ -604,9 +604,9 @@ void SLtt_erase_line (void)
 void SLtt_delete_nlines (int nlines)
 {
    SLtt_normal_video ();
-   
+
 #ifndef WIN32
-   
+
 # if defined (EMX_VIDEO)
    v_attrib (Attribute_Byte);
    v_scroll (0, Scroll_r1, SLtt_Screen_Cols-1, Scroll_r2, nlines, V_SCROLL_UP);
@@ -649,9 +649,9 @@ void SLtt_delete_nlines (int nlines)
 #   endif	/* USE_ASM */
 #  endif /* __os2__ */
 # endif	/* EMX_VIDEO */
-   
+
 #endif  /* WIN32 */
-   
+
 }
 
 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*\
@@ -662,9 +662,9 @@ void SLtt_delete_nlines (int nlines)
 void SLtt_reverse_index (int nlines)
 {
    SLtt_normal_video ();
-   
+
 #ifndef WIN32
-   
+
 # if defined (EMX_VIDEO)
    v_attrib (Attribute_Byte);
    v_scroll (0, Scroll_r1, SLtt_Screen_Cols-1, Scroll_r2, nlines,
@@ -706,9 +706,9 @@ void SLtt_reverse_index (int nlines)
 #   endif	/* USE_ASM */
 #  endif	/* __os2__ */
 # endif  /* EMX_VIDEO */
-   
+
 #endif  /* WIN32 */
-   
+
 }
 
 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*\
@@ -718,12 +718,12 @@ void SLtt_reverse_index (int nlines)
 \*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
 static void slvid_invert_region (int top_row, int bot_row)
 {
-   
+
 #ifndef WIN32
-   
+
 # if defined (EMX_VIDEO)
    int row, col;
-   
+
    for (row = top_row; row < bot_row; row++)
      {
 	v_getline (Line_Buffer, 0, row, SLtt_Screen_Cols);
@@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ static void slvid_invert_region (int top_row, int bot_row)
 #  ifdef __os2__
    int row, col;
    USHORT length = SLtt_Screen_Cols * 2;
-   
+
    for (row = top_row; row < bot_row; row++)
      {
 	VioReadCellStr ((PCH)Line_Buffer, &length, row, 0, 0);
@@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ static void slvid_invert_region (int top_row, int bot_row)
 #   if defined (__GO32__) || defined (__WATCOMC__)
    unsigned char buf [2 * 180 * 80];         /* 180 cols x 80 rows */
    unsigned char *b, *bmax;
-   
+
    b    = buf + 1 + 2 * SLtt_Screen_Cols * top_row;
    bmax = buf + 1 + 2 * SLtt_Screen_Cols * bot_row;
    ScreenRetrieve (buf);
@@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ static void slvid_invert_region (int top_row, int bot_row)
    register unsigned short ch, sh;
    register unsigned short *pmin = mkScreenPointer (top_row, 0);
    register unsigned short *pmax = mkScreenPointer (bot_row, 0);
-   
+
    while (pmin < pmax)
      {
 	sh = *pmin;
@@ -773,9 +773,9 @@ static void slvid_invert_region (int top_row, int bot_row)
 #   endif	/* __GO32__ or __WATCOMC__ */
 #  endif	/* __os2__ */
 # endif	/* EMX_VIDEO */
-   
+
 #endif  /* WIN32 */
-   
+
 }
 
 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*\
@@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ void SLtt_beep (void)
    int special = 0;		/* first row to invert */
    int visual = 0;		/* final row to invert */
    if (!SLtt_Ignore_Beep) return;
-   
+
    audible = (SLtt_Ignore_Beep & 1);
    if ( (SLtt_Ignore_Beep & 4) )
      {
@@ -811,16 +811,16 @@ void SLtt_beep (void)
      {
 	visual = SLtt_Screen_Rows;
      }
-   
+
    if (visual) slvid_invert_region (special, visual);
 #if defined (EMX_VIDEO)
    if (audible) /*sound (1500)*/; _sleep2 (100); if (audible) /* nosound () */;
 #else
 # ifdef __os2__
    if (audible) DosBeep (1500, 100); else DosSleep (100);
-   
+
 # elif defined(WIN32)
-   
+
 # else
    if (audible) sound (1500); delay (100); if (audible) nosound ();
 # endif
@@ -835,9 +835,9 @@ void SLtt_beep (void)
 \*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
 void SLtt_del_eol (void)
 {
-   
+
 #ifndef WIN32
-   
+
 # if defined (GO32_VIDEO) || defined (EMX_VIDEO)
    if (Current_Color != JNO_COLOR) SLtt_normal_video ();
    slvid_deleol (Cursor_Col);
@@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ void SLtt_del_eol (void)
    unsigned short w;
 #   if defined (HAS_LINEAR_SCREEN)
    unsigned short *pmax = p + n;
-   
+
    if (Current_Color != JNO_COLOR) SLtt_normal_video ();
    w = mkSpaceChar ();
    while (p < pmax) *p++ = w;
@@ -868,14 +868,14 @@ void SLtt_del_eol (void)
      asm  mov cx, n
      asm  cld
      asm  rep stosw
-     
+
      asm  mov di, dx
 #   endif	/* HAS_LINEAR_SCREEN */
 #  endif	/* __os2__ */
 # endif	/* GO32_VIDEO or EMX_VIDEO */
-     
+
 #endif  /* WIN32 */
-     
+
 }
 
 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*\
@@ -918,57 +918,57 @@ static unsigned short *video_write (register unsigned char *pp,
 				    register unsigned short *pos)
 {
    int n = (int) (p - pp);	/* num of characters of PP to write */
-   
+
    asm  push si
      asm  push ds
      asm  push di
-     
+
    /* set up register for BOTH fast and slow */
      asm  mov bx, SLtt_Msdos_Cheap_Video
-     
+
    /* These are the registers needed for both fast AND slow */
      asm  mov ah, byte ptr Attribute_Byte
      asm  mov cx, n
      asm  lds si, dword ptr pp
      asm  les di, dword ptr pos
      asm  cld
-     
+
      asm  cmp bx, 0		       /* cheap video test */
      asm  je L_fast
      asm  mov bx, ax
      asm  mov dx, CGA_STATUS
      asm  jg L_slow_blank
-     
+
    /* slow video */
      asm  cli
-     
+
    /* wait for retrace */
      L_slow:
    asm  in al, dx
      asm  test al, 1
      asm  jnz L_slow
-     
+
      L_slow1:
    asm  in al, dx
      asm  test al, 1
      asm  jz L_slow1
-     
+
    /* move a character out */
      asm  mov ah, bh
      asm  lodsb
      asm  stosw
      asm  loop L_slow
-     
+
      asm  sti
      asm  jmp done
-     
+
 /* -------------- slow video, vertical retace and pump --------------*/
      L_slow_blank:
    L_slow_blank_loop:
    asm  in al, dx
      asm  test al, 8
      asm  jnz L_slow_blank_loop
-     
+
      L_slow_blank1:
    asm  in al, dx
      asm  test al, 8
@@ -979,10 +979,10 @@ static unsigned short *video_write (register unsigned char *pp,
    asm  lodsb
      asm  stosw
      asm  loop L_slow_blank2
-     
+
      asm jmp done
 /*-------------- Fast video --------------*/
-     
+
      L_fast:
    asm  lodsb
      asm  stosw
@@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ static void write_attributes (unsigned short *src, int count)
    register unsigned short *pos = mkScreenPointer (Cursor_Row, 0);
 # endif
    int n = count;
-   
+
    /* write into a character/attribute pair */
    while (n-- > 0)
      {
@@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ static void write_attributes (unsigned short *src, int count)
 #  endif
 # endif
      }
-   
+
 # if !defined (HAS_LINEAR_SCREEN)
 #  if defined (EMX_VIDEO)
    v_putline (Line_Buffer, Cursor_Col, Cursor_Row, count);
@@ -1058,12 +1058,12 @@ static void write_attributes (unsigned short *src, int count)
    coord.X = Cursor_Col;
    coord.Y = Cursor_Row;
    WriteConsoleOutputCharacter(hStdout, p, count, coord, &bytes);
-   
+
   /* write color attributes */
    p = Line_Buffer;
    n = count;
    src = (unsigned short*)org_src; /* restart the src pointer */
-   
+
   /* write into attributes only */
    while (n-- > 0)
      {
@@ -1072,7 +1072,7 @@ static void write_attributes (unsigned short *src, int count)
 	*(p++) = Attribute_Byte; /* attribute byte */
 	*(p++) = 0; /* what's this for? */
      }
-   
+
    WriteConsoleOutputAttribute(hStdout, (WORD*)Line_Buffer, count, coord, &bytes);
 #   else	/* __os2__ */
    /* ScreenUpdateLine (void *virtual_screen_line, int row); */
@@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@ static void write_attributes (unsigned short *src, int count)
 #else	/* not USE_ASM */
    unsigned char ch, color;
    register unsigned short *pos = mkScreenPointer (Cursor_Row, 0);
-   
+
    while (count--)
      {
 	pair = *(src++);	/* character/color pair */
@@ -1181,15 +1181,15 @@ void SLtt_cls (void)
      /* clear the WIN32 screen in one shot */
    coord.X = 0;
    coord.Y = 0;
-   
+
    ch = ' ';
-   
+
    (void) FillConsoleOutputCharacter(hStdout,
 				     ch,
 				     csbiInfo.dwMaximumWindowSize.Y * csbiInfo.dwMaximumWindowSize.X,
 				     coord,
 				     &bytes);
-   
+
      /* now set screen to the current attribute */
    ch = Attribute_Byte;
    (void) FillConsoleOutputAttribute(hStdout,
@@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@ void SLtt_putchar (char ch)
    long bytes;
 # endif
 #endif
-   
+
    if (Current_Color) SLtt_normal_video ();
    slvid_getxy ();		/* get current position */
    switch (ch)
@@ -1253,7 +1253,7 @@ void SLtt_putchar (char ch)
 #  else	/* GO32_VIDEO */
 	pp = mkScreenPointer (Cursor_Row, Cursor_Col);
 	p = (Attribute_Byte << 8) | (unsigned char) ch;
-	
+
 #   ifdef USE_ASM
 	SNOW_CHECK;
 #   endif
@@ -1280,12 +1280,12 @@ void SLtt_set_color (int obj, char *what, char *fg, char *bg)
 #ifdef WIN32
    int newcolor;
 #endif
-   
+
    (void) what;
-   
+
    if ( !IsColor || (obj < 0) || (obj >= JMAX_COLORS))
      return;
-   
+
    for (i = 0; i < JMAX_COLOR_NAMES; i++ )
      {
 	if (!strcmp (fg, Color_Names [i]))
@@ -1294,7 +1294,7 @@ void SLtt_set_color (int obj, char *what, char *fg, char *bg)
 	     break;
 	  }
      }
-   
+
    for (i = 0; i < JMAX_COLOR_NAMES; i++)
      {
 	if (!strcmp (bg, Color_Names [i]))
@@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@ void SLtt_set_color (int obj, char *what, char *fg, char *bg)
 #if 1
    Color_Map [obj] = (b << 4) | f;
 #else
-   
+
    /*
      0        1       2        3
    "black", "blue", "green", "cyan",
@@ -1318,32 +1318,32 @@ void SLtt_set_color (int obj, char *what, char *fg, char *bg)
         12            13            14       15
    "brightred", "brightmagenta", "yellow", "white"
    */
-   
+
    /* these aren't all right yet */
-   switch (f) 
+   switch (f)
      {
       case 0: newcolor = 0; break;
       case 1: newcolor = FOREGROUND_BLUE; break;
       case 2: newcolor = FOREGROUND_GREEN; break;
       case 3: newcolor = FOREGROUND_GREEN | FOREGROUND_BLUE; break;
-	
+
       case 4: newcolor = FOREGROUND_RED; break;
       case 5: newcolor = FOREGROUND_RED | FOREGROUND_BLUE; break;
       case 6: newcolor = FOREGROUND_GREEN | FOREGROUND_RED; break;
       case 7: newcolor = FOREGROUND_RED | FOREGROUND_GREEN | FOREGROUND_BLUE | FOREGROUND_INTENSITY; break;
-	
+
       case 8: newcolor = FOREGROUND_BLUE | FOREGROUND_RED | FOREGROUND_GREEN; break;
       case 9: newcolor = FOREGROUND_BLUE | FOREGROUND_INTENSITY; break;
       case 10: newcolor = FOREGROUND_GREEN | FOREGROUND_INTENSITY; break;
       case 11: newcolor = FOREGROUND_GREEN | FOREGROUND_BLUE | FOREGROUND_INTENSITY; break;
-	
+
       case 12: newcolor = FOREGROUND_RED | FOREGROUND_INTENSITY; break;
       case 13: newcolor = FOREGROUND_RED | FOREGROUND_BLUE | FOREGROUND_INTENSITY; break;
       case 14: newcolor = FOREGROUND_GREEN | FOREGROUND_BLUE | FOREGROUND_INTENSITY; break;
       case 15: newcolor = FOREGROUND_RED | FOREGROUND_GREEN | FOREGROUND_BLUE | FOREGROUND_INTENSITY; break;
      }
    // switch
-   
+
    /*
      0        1       2        3
    "black", "blue", "green", "cyan",
@@ -1354,37 +1354,37 @@ void SLtt_set_color (int obj, char *what, char *fg, char *bg)
         12            13            14       15
    "brightred", "brightmagenta", "yellow", "white"
    */
-   
+
-   switch (b) 
+   switch (b)
      {
       case 0: newcolor |= 0; break;
       case 1: newcolor |= BACKGROUND_BLUE; break;
       case 2: newcolor |= BACKGROUND_GREEN; break;
       case 3: newcolor |= BACKGROUND_GREEN | BACKGROUND_BLUE; break;
-	
+
       case 4: newcolor |= BACKGROUND_RED; break;
       case 5: newcolor |= BACKGROUND_RED | BACKGROUND_BLUE; break;
       case 6: newcolor |= BACKGROUND_GREEN | BACKGROUND_RED; break;
       case 7: newcolor |= BACKGROUND_RED | BACKGROUND_GREEN | BACKGROUND_BLUE | BACKGROUND_INTENSITY; break;
-	
+
       case 8: newcolor |= BACKGROUND_RED | BACKGROUND_GREEN | BACKGROUND_BLUE; break;
       case 9: newcolor |= BACKGROUND_BLUE | BACKGROUND_INTENSITY; break;
       case 10: newcolor |= BACKGROUND_GREEN | BACKGROUND_INTENSITY; break;
       case 11: newcolor |= BACKGROUND_GREEN | BACKGROUND_BLUE | BACKGROUND_INTENSITY; break;
-	
+
       case 12: newcolor |= BACKGROUND_RED | BACKGROUND_INTENSITY; break;
       case 13: newcolor |= BACKGROUND_RED | BACKGROUND_BLUE | BACKGROUND_INTENSITY; break;
       case 14: newcolor |= BACKGROUND_GREEN | BACKGROUND_BLUE | BACKGROUND_INTENSITY; break;
       case 15: newcolor |= BACKGROUND_RED | BACKGROUND_GREEN | BACKGROUND_BLUE | BACKGROUND_INTENSITY; break;
      }
    // switch
-   
+
    Color_Map [obj] = newcolor;
-   
+
 #endif
     /* if we're setting the normal color, and the attribute byte hasn't
      been set yet, set it to the new color */
-   if ((obj == 0) && (Attribute_Byte == 0)) 
+   if ((obj == 0) && (Attribute_Byte == 0))
      SLtt_reverse_video (0);
 }
 
@@ -1411,15 +1411,15 @@ void SLtt_init_video (void)
 #if defined (EMX_VIDEO)
    int OldCol, OldRow;
 #endif
-   
+
 #ifdef HAS_SAVE_SCREEN
    save_screen ();
 #endif
 
    Cursor_Row = Cursor_Col = 0;
-   
+
 #if defined (EMX_VIDEO)
-   
+
    v_init ();
    if ( v_hardware () != V_MONOCHROME ) IsColor = 1; else IsColor = 0;
 
@@ -1444,7 +1444,7 @@ void SLtt_init_video (void)
 	     Blink_Killed = 1;	/* seems to work */
 	  }
      }
-   
+
    if (!Attribute_Byte)
      {
 	/* find the attribute currently under the cursor */
@@ -1452,7 +1452,7 @@ void SLtt_init_video (void)
 	Attribute_Byte = Line_Buffer[1];
 	set_color_from_attribute (Attribute_Byte);
      }
-   
+
    v_attrib (Attribute_Byte);
    /*   SLtt_Term_Cannot_Insert = 1; */
 #else	/* EMX_VIDEO */
@@ -1466,7 +1466,7 @@ void SLtt_init_video (void)
 	VioSetState (&RequestBlock, 0);	/* nop if !fullscreen */
 	Blink_Killed = 1;
      }
-   
+
    if (!Attribute_Byte)
      {
 	/* find the attribute currently under the cursor */
@@ -1488,7 +1488,7 @@ void SLtt_init_video (void)
 #   endif
    if (!Attribute_Byte) Attribute_Byte = 0x17;
    IsColor = 1;			/* is it really? */
-   
+
    if (IsColor)
      {
 	union REGS r;
@@ -1516,11 +1516,11 @@ void SLtt_init_video (void)
 	     IsColor = 1;
 	  }
      }
-   
+
    /* test for video adapter type.  Of primary interest is whether there is
     * snow or not.  Assume snow if the card is color and not EGA or greater.
     */
-   
+
    /* Use Ralf Brown test for EGA or greater */
    asm  mov ah, 0x12
      asm  mov bl, 0x10
@@ -1528,7 +1528,7 @@ void SLtt_init_video (void)
      asm  int 10h
      asm  cmp bh, 0xFF
      asm  je L1
-     
+
    /* (V)EGA */
      asm  xor bx, bx
      asm  mov SLtt_Msdos_Cheap_Video, bx
@@ -1538,7 +1538,7 @@ void SLtt_init_video (void)
      asm  mov ax, 0x17
      asm  mov Attribute_Byte, ax
      asm  jmp L2
-     
+
      L1:
    /* Not (V)EGA */
    asm  mov ah, 0x0F

rosapps/mc/slang/slw32tty.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Copyright (c) 1992, 1995 John E. Davis
  * All rights reserved.
- * 
+ *
  * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public
  * License or the Perl Artistic License.
  */
@@ -105,9 +105,9 @@ int SLang_init_tty (int abort_char, int no_flow_control, int opost)
     if (flags & ENABLE_PROCESSED_INPUT) {
       return -1;
     }
-  } 
+  }
 
-  (void) SetConsoleCursorPosition(hStdout, newPosition);  
+  (void) SetConsoleCursorPosition(hStdout, newPosition);
 
   /* success */
   return 0;
@@ -136,17 +136,17 @@ int SLsys_input_pending (int tsecs)
 
    while (1)
      {
-	if (PeekConsoleInput(hStdin, &record, 1, &bytesRead)) 
+	if (PeekConsoleInput(hStdin, &record, 1, &bytesRead))
 	  {
-	     if (bytesRead == 1) 
+	     if (bytesRead == 1)
 	       {
 		  if ((record.EventType == KEY_EVENT)
-		      && record.Event.KeyEvent.bKeyDown) 
+		      && record.Event.KeyEvent.bKeyDown)
 		    {
 		       /* ok, there is a keypress here */
 		       return 1;
-		    } 
+		    }
-		  else 
+		  else
 		    {
 		       /* something else is here, so read it and try again */
 		       (void) ReadConsoleInput(hStdin, &record, 1, &bytesRead);
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ int SLsys_input_pending (int tsecs)
    if (keyWaiting()) return 1;
    while (count > 0)
      {
-	delay (20);	 20 ms or 1/50 sec 
+	delay (20);	 20 ms or 1/50 sec
 	if (keyWaiting()) break;
 	count--;
      }

rosapps/mc/src/achown.c

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
  */
 
 #include <config.h>
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ static umode_t get_perm (char *s, int base)
 
     m |= (s [1] == '-') ? 0 :
 	((s[1] == '+') ? (1 << (base + 1)) : (1 << (base + 1)) & ch_cmode);
-    
+
     m |= (s [2] == '-') ? 0 :
 	((s[2] == '+') ? (1 << base) : (1 << base) & ch_cmode);
 
@@ -192,12 +192,12 @@ static void print_flags (void)
 	dlg_move (ch_dlg, BY+1, 9+i);
 	addch (ch_flags [i]);
     }
-    
+
     for (i = 0; i < 3; i++){
 	dlg_move (ch_dlg, BY + 1, 17 + i);
 	addch (ch_flags [i+3]);
     }
-    
+
     for (i = 0; i < 3; i++){
 	dlg_move (ch_dlg, BY + 1, 25 + i);
 	addch (ch_flags [i+6]);
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ static int chl_callback (Dlg_head * h, int Par, int Msg)
 	dlg_erase (h);
 	draw_box (h, 0, 0, 13, 17);
 	break;
-	
+
     case DLG_KEY:
 	switch (Par) {
 	case KEY_LEFT:
@@ -259,20 +259,20 @@ static void do_enter_key (Dlg_head *h, int f_pos)
     struct   group *chl_grp;
     WLEntry  *fe;
     int      lxx, lyy, chl_end, b_pos;
-    
+
     do {
 	lxx = (COLS - 74) / 2 + ((f_pos == 3) ? 35 : 53);
 	lyy = (LINES - 13) / 2;
 	chl_end = 0;
-	
+
 	chl_dlg = create_dlg (lyy, lxx, 13, 17, dialog_colors, chl_callback,
 			      "[Chown-advanced]", "achown_enter", DLG_NONE);
-	
+
 	/* get new listboxes */
 	chl_list = listbox_new (1, 1, 15, 11, 0, l_call, NULL);
-	
+
 	listbox_add_item (chl_list, 0, 0, "<Unknown>", NULL);
-	
+
 	if (f_pos == 3) {
 	    /* get and put user names in the listbox */
 	    setpwent ();
@@ -284,22 +284,22 @@ static void do_enter_key (Dlg_head *h, int f_pos)
 	else
 	{
 	    /* get and put group names in the listbox */
-	    setgrent ();	
+	    setgrent ();
 	    while ((chl_grp = getgrent ())) {
 		listbox_add_item (chl_list, 0, 0, chl_grp->gr_name, NULL);
 	    }
 	    endgrent ();
 	    fe = listbox_search_text (chl_list, get_group (sf_stat->st_gid));
 	}
-	
+
 	if (fe)
 	    listbox_select_entry (chl_list, fe);
-	
+
 	b_pos = chl_list->pos;
 	add_widget (chl_dlg, chl_list);
-	
+
 	run_dlg (chl_dlg);
-	
+
 	if (b_pos != chl_list->pos){
 	    int ok = 0;
 	    if (f_pos == 3){
@@ -352,19 +352,19 @@ static void chown_refresh (void)
     addstr (_("group"));
     dlg_move (ch_dlg, BY - 1, 24);
     addstr (_("other"));
-    
+
     dlg_move (ch_dlg, BY - 1, 35);
     addstr (_("owner"));
     dlg_move (ch_dlg, BY - 1, 53);
     addstr (_("group"));
-    
+
     dlg_move (ch_dlg, 3, 4);
     addstr (_("On"));
     dlg_move (ch_dlg, BY + 1, 4);
     addstr (_("Flag"));
     dlg_move (ch_dlg, BY + 2, 4);
     addstr (_("Mode"));
-    
+
 
     if (!single_set){
 	dlg_move (ch_dlg, 3, 54);
@@ -383,13 +383,13 @@ static void chown_info_update ()
 {
     /* display file info */
     attrset (COLOR_NORMAL);
-    
+
     /* name && mode */
     dlg_move (ch_dlg, 3, 8);
     printw ("%s", name_trunc (fname, 45));
     dlg_move (ch_dlg, BY + 2, 9);
     printw ("%12o", get_mode ());
-    
+
     /* permissions */
     set_perm (b_att[0]->text, sf_stat->st_mode >> 6);
     set_perm (b_att[1]->text, sf_stat->st_mode >> 3);
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ static int advanced_chown_callback (Dlg_head * h, int Par, int Msg)
 	chown_refresh ();
 	chown_info_update ();
 	return 1;
-	
+
     case DLG_POST_KEY:
 	if (f_pos < 3)
 		b_setpos (f_pos);
@@ -429,37 +429,37 @@ static int advanced_chown_callback (Dlg_head * h, int Par, int Msg)
 
     case DLG_KEY:
 	switch (Par) {
-	    
+
 	case XCTRL('b'):
 	case KEY_LEFT:
 	    if (f_pos < 5)
 		return (dec_flag_pos (f_pos));
 	    break;
-	    
+
 	case XCTRL('f'):
 	case KEY_RIGHT:
 	    if (f_pos < 5)
 		return (inc_flag_pos (f_pos));
 	    break;
-	    
+
 	case ' ':
 	    if (f_pos < 3)
 		return 1;
 	    break;
-	    
+
 	case '\n':
 	case KEY_ENTER:
 	    if (f_pos <= 2 || f_pos >= 5)
 		break;
 	    do_enter_key (h, f_pos);
 	    return 1;
-	    
+
 	case ALT ('x'):
 	    i++;
-	    
+
 	case ALT ('w'):
 	    i++;
-	    
+
 	case ALT ('r'):
 	    Par = i + 3;
 	    for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
@@ -469,13 +469,13 @@ static int advanced_chown_callback (Dlg_head * h, int Par, int Msg)
 	    dlg_broadcast_msg (h, WIDGET_DRAW, 0);
 	    send_message (h, h->current->widget, WIDGET_FOCUS, 0);
 	    break;
-	    
+
 	case XCTRL ('x'):
 	    i++;
-	    
+
 	case XCTRL ('w'):
 	    i++;
-	    
+
 	case XCTRL ('r'):
 	    Par = i;
 	    for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
@@ -485,13 +485,13 @@ static int advanced_chown_callback (Dlg_head * h, int Par, int Msg)
 	    dlg_broadcast_msg (h, WIDGET_DRAW, 0);
 	    send_message (h, h->current->widget, WIDGET_FOCUS, 0);
 	    break;
-	    
+
 	case 'x':
 	    i++;
-	    
+
 	case 'w':
 	    i++;
-	    
+
 	case 'r':
 	    if (f_pos > 2)
 		break;
@@ -505,10 +505,10 @@ static int advanced_chown_callback (Dlg_head * h, int Par, int Msg)
 
 	case '4':
 	    i++;
-	    
+
 	case '2':
 	    i++;
-	    
+
 	case '1':
 	    if (f_pos > 2)
 		break;
@@ -516,15 +516,15 @@ static int advanced_chown_callback (Dlg_head * h, int Par, int Msg)
 	    ch_flags[flag_pos] = '=';
 	    update_mode (h);
 	    break;
-	    
+
 	case '-':
 	    if (f_pos > 2)
 		break;
-	    
+
 	case '*':
 	    if (Par == '*')
 		Par = '=';
-	    
+
 	case '=':
 	case '+':
 	    if (f_pos > 4)

rosapps/mc/src/background.c

@@ -2,14 +2,14 @@
 
 /* Background support.
    Copyright (C) 1996 The Free Software Foundation
-   
+
    Written by: 1996 Miguel de Icaza
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ static int parent_fd;
 #define mymsg "Desde el hijo\n\r"
 
 struct TaskList *task_list = NULL;
-    
+
 void
 register_task_running (pid_t pid, int fd, char *info)
 {
@@ -130,19 +130,19 @@ do_background (char *info)
 {
     int comm [2];		/* control connection stream */
     int pid;
-    
+
     if (socketpair (AF_UNIX, SOCK_STREAM, 0, comm) == -1)
 	return -1;
-    
+
     if ((pid = fork ()) == -1)
 	return -1;
-    
+
     if (pid == 0){
 	int nullfd;
 
 	parent_fd = comm [1];
 	we_are_background = 1;
-	
+
 	/* Make stdin/stdout/stderr point somewhere */
 	close (0);
 	close (1);
@@ -157,11 +157,11 @@ do_background (char *info)
 	/* To make it obvious if it fails, there is a bug report on this */
 	write (2, mymsg, sizeof (mymsg));
 	write (1, mymsg, sizeof (mymsg));
-	
+
 	/* Just for debugging the background back end */
 	if (background_wait){
 	    volatile int i = 1;
-	    
+
 	    while (i)
 		;
 	}
@@ -186,12 +186,12 @@ void
 real_message_1s (enum OperationMode mode, int *flags, char *title, char *str1)
 {
     char *full_title;
-    
+
     if (mode == Background)
 	full_title = background_title (title);
     else
         full_title = title;
-    
+
     message (*flags, title, str1);
 
     if (title != full_title)
@@ -202,14 +202,14 @@ void
 real_message_2s (enum OperationMode mode, int *flags, char *title, char *str1, char *str2)
 {
     char *full_title;
-    
+
     if (mode == Background)
 	full_title = background_title (title);
     else
         full_title = title;
-    
+
     message (*flags, title, str1, str2);
-    
+
     if (title != full_title)
 	free (full_title);
 }
@@ -218,14 +218,14 @@ void
 real_message_3s (enum OperationMode mode, int *flags, char *title, char *str1, char *str2, const char *str3)
 {
     char *full_title;
-    
+
     if (mode == Background)
 	full_title = background_title (title);
     else
         full_title = title;
-    
+
     message (*flags, title, str1, str2, str3);
-    
+
     if (title != full_title)
 	free (full_title);
 }
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ real_message_3s (enum OperationMode mode, int *flags, char *title, char *str1, c
  */
 /*
  * Receive requests from background process and invoke the
- * specified routine 
+ * specified routine
  */
 
 int
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ background_attention (int fd, void *xpid)
     int bytes;
     enum ReturnType type;
     char *background_process_error = _(" Background process error ");
-    
+
     bytes = read (fd, &routine, sizeof (routine));
     if (bytes < (sizeof (routine))){
 	if (errno == ECHILD)
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ background_attention (int fd, void *xpid)
 	waitpid (pid, &status, 0);
 	return 0;
     }
-    
+
     read (fd, &argc, sizeof (argc));
     if (argc > MAXCALLARGS){
 	message (1, _(" Background protocol error "),
@@ -308,14 +308,14 @@ background_attention (int fd, void *xpid)
 		 " than we can handle. \n"));
     }
     read (fd, &type, sizeof (type));
-    
+
     for (i = 0; i < argc; i++){
 	int size;
-	
+
 	read (fd, &size, sizeof (size));
 	data [i] = xmalloc (size+1, "RPC Arguments");
 	read (fd, data [i], size);
-	
+
 	data [i][size] = 0;	/* NULL terminate the blocks (they could be strings) */
     }
 
@@ -338,12 +338,12 @@ background_attention (int fd, void *xpid)
 		(Background, data [0], data [1], data [2], data [3]);
 	    break;
 	}
-	
+
 	/* Send the result code and the value for shared variables */
 	write (fd, &result,           sizeof (int));
 	write (fd, &do_append,        sizeof (do_append));
 	write (fd, &recursive_result, sizeof (recursive_result));
-	
+
     } else if (type == Return_String) {
 	int len;
 
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ parent_call (void *routine, int argc, ...)
 {
     va_list ap;
     int i;
-    
+
     va_start (ap, argc);
     parent_call_header (routine, argc, Return_Integer);
     for (i = 0; i < argc; i++){
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ parent_call (void *routine, int argc, ...)
 	write (parent_fd, &len, sizeof (int));
 	write (parent_fd, value, len);
     }
-    /* Besides the regular result, get the value for 
+    /* Besides the regular result, get the value for
      * variables that may be modified in the parent that affect our behaviour
      */
     read (parent_fd, &i,         sizeof (int));
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ parent_call_string (void *routine, int argc, ...)
     va_list ap;
     char *str;
     int i;
-    
+
     va_start (ap, argc);
     parent_call_header (routine, argc, Return_String);
     for (i = 0; i < argc; i++){
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ call_1s (int (*routine)(enum OperationMode, char *), char *str)
 {
     if (we_are_background)
 	return parent_call ((void *)routine, 1, strlen (str), str);
-    else 
+    else
 	return (*routine)(Foreground, str);
 }
 

rosapps/mc/src/boxes.c

@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 /* Some misc dialog boxes for the program.
-   
+
    Copyright (C) 1994, 1995 the Free Software Foundation
-   
+
    Authors: 1994, 1995 Miguel de Icaza
             1995 Jakub Jelinek
-   
+
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ static int display_callback (struct Dlg_head *h, int id, int Msg)
 #ifndef HAVE_X
     char *text;
     WInput *input;
-    
+
     switch (Msg){
     case DLG_DRAW:
 	attrset (COLOR_NORMAL);
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ static int display_callback (struct Dlg_head *h, int id, int Msg)
 	    input_set_point (status, 0);
 	}
 	break;
-	
+
     case DLG_KEY:
 	if (id == '\n'){
 	    if((WRadio *) h->current->widget == my_radio){
@@ -109,13 +109,13 @@ static int display_callback (struct Dlg_head *h, int id, int Msg)
 		dlg_stop (h);
 		break;
 	    }
-	    
+
 	    if ((WInput *) h->current->widget == user){
 		h->ret_value = B_USER + 6;
 		dlg_stop (h);
 		break;
 	    }
-	
+
 	    if ((WInput *) h->current->widget == status){
 		h->ret_value = B_USER + 7;
 		dlg_stop (h);
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ static int display_callback (struct Dlg_head *h, int id, int Msg)
 	    return MSG_HANDLED;
 	}
     }
-#endif    
+#endif
     return MSG_NOT_HANDLED;
 }
 
@@ -141,9 +141,9 @@ static void display_init (int radio_sel, char *init_text,
 	char* user_mini_status = _("user &Mini status");
 	char* ok_button = _("&Ok");
 	char* cancel_button = _("&Cancel");
-	
+
 	static int button_start = 30;
-	
+
     displays_status = _status;
 
     if (!i18n_displays_flag){
@@ -169,13 +169,13 @@ static void display_init (int radio_sel, char *init_text,
 		i = strlen (user_mini_status) + 13;
 		if (i > DISPLAY_X)
 			DISPLAY_X = i;
-			
+
 		i = strlen (display_title) + 8;
 		if (i > DISPLAY_X)
 			DISPLAY_X = i;
 
 		button_start = DISPLAY_X - l - 5;
-		
+
 		/* get hotkey of user-defined format string */
 		cp = strchr(displays[LIST_TYPES-1],'&');
 		if (cp != NULL && *++cp != '\0')
@@ -189,12 +189,12 @@ static void display_init (int radio_sel, char *init_text,
 
     x_set_dialog_title (dd, _("Listing mode"));
     add_widgetl (dd,
-        button_new (4, button_start, B_CANCEL, 
+        button_new (4, button_start, B_CANCEL,
 			NORMAL_BUTTON, cancel_button, 0, 0, "cancel-button"),
 	XV_WLAY_RIGHTOF);
 
     add_widgetl (dd,
-		button_new (3, button_start, B_ENTER, 
+		button_new (3, button_start, B_ENTER,
 			DEFPUSH_BUTTON, ok_button, 0, 0, "ok-button"),
 	 XV_WLAY_CENTERROW);
 
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ static void display_init (int radio_sel, char *init_text,
 
     check_status = check_new (9, 5, _check_status, user_mini_status, "mini-status");
     add_widgetl (dd, check_status, XV_WLAY_NEXTROW);
-    
+
     user = input_new  (7, 9, INPUT_COLOR, DISPLAY_X-14, init_text, "user-fmt-input");
     add_widgetl (dd, user, XV_WLAY_RIGHTDOWN);
     input_set_point (user, 0);
@@ -243,20 +243,20 @@ int display_box (WPanel *panel, char **userp, char **minip, int *use_msformat,
     }
 
     current_mode = panel->list_type;
-    display_init (current_mode, panel->user_format, 
+    display_init (current_mode, panel->user_format,
 	panel->user_mini_status, panel->user_status_format);
-		  
+
     run_dlg (dd);
 
     result = -1;
-    
+
     if (section) {
         free (panel->user_format);
 	for (i = 0; i < LIST_TYPES; i++)
 	    free (panel->user_status_format [i]);
         free (panel);
     }
-    
+
     if (dd->ret_value != B_CANCEL){
 	result = my_radio->sel;
 	*userp = strdup (user->buffer);
@@ -303,12 +303,12 @@ sortfn *sort_box (sortfn *sort_fn, int *reverse, int *case_sensitive)
 		i = strlen (case_label) + 4;
 		if (i > r)
 			r = i;
-		
+
 		l = strlen (ok_button) + 6;
 		i = strlen (cancel_button) + 4;
 		if (i > l)
 			l = i;
-			
+
 		i = check_pos + max(r,l) + 2;
 
 		if (i > SORT_X)
@@ -324,23 +324,23 @@ sortfn *sort_box (sortfn *sort_fn, int *reverse, int *case_sensitive)
 	}
 
     result = 0;
-    
+
     for (i = 0; i < SORT_TYPES; i++)
 	if ((sortfn *) (sort_orders [i].sort_fn) == sort_fn){
 	    current_mode = i;
 	    break;
 	}
-    
+
     dd = create_dlg (0, 0, SORT_Y, SORT_X, dialog_colors, common_dialog_callback,
 		     "[Left and Right Menus]", "sort", DLG_CENTER | DLG_GRID);
-		     
+
     x_set_dialog_title (dd, sort_title);
 
-    add_widgetl (dd, 
+    add_widgetl (dd,
-		button_new (10, button_pos, B_CANCEL, NORMAL_BUTTON, cancel_button, 
+		button_new (10, button_pos, B_CANCEL, NORMAL_BUTTON, cancel_button,
 		0, 0, "cancel-button"), XV_WLAY_CENTERROW);
 
-    add_widgetl (dd, 
+    add_widgetl (dd,
 		button_new (9, button_pos, B_ENTER, DEFPUSH_BUTTON, ok_button,
 		0, 0, "ok-button"),	XV_WLAY_RIGHTDOWN);
 
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ sortfn *sort_box (sortfn *sort_fn, int *reverse, int *case_sensitive)
 
     my_radio = radio_new (3, 3, SORT_TYPES, sort_orders_names, 1, "radio-1");
     my_radio->sel = my_radio->pos = current_mode;
-    
+
     add_widget (dd, my_radio);
     run_dlg (dd);
 
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ void confirm_box ()
 
 #ifdef ENABLE_NLS
 	static int i18n_flag = 0;
-	
+
 	if (!i18n_flag)
 	{
 		register int i = sizeof(conf_widgets)/sizeof(QuickWidget) - 1;
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ void confirm_box ()
 			confirmation.xlen = i;
 
 		confirmation.title = _(confirmation.title);
-		
+
 		i18n_flag = confirmation.i18n = 1;
 	}
 
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ void display_bits_box ()
 		l1 = strlen (display_widgets [2].text);
 		if (l1 > maxlen)
 			maxlen = l1;
-		
+
 
 		display_bits.xlen = (maxlen + 5) * 6 / 4;
 
@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ static int tree_callback (struct Dlg_head *h, int id, int msg)
 	    dlg_stop (h);
 	}
 	return MSG_HANDLED;
-	
+
     case DLG_DRAW:
 	common_dialog_repaint (h);
 	break;
@@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ char *tree (char *current_dir)
 
     tree_colors [3] = dialog_colors [0];
     tree_colors [1] = dialog_colors [1];
-    
+
     /* Create the components */
     dlg = create_dlg (0, 0, TREE_Y, TREE_X, tree_colors,
 		      tree_callback, "[Directory Tree]", "tree", DLG_CENTER);
@@ -584,13 +584,13 @@ char *tree (char *current_dir)
     add_widget (dlg, bar);
     bar->widget.x = 0;
     bar->widget.y = LINES - 1;
-    
+
     run_dlg (dlg);
     if (dlg->ret_value == B_ENTER)
 	val = strdup (mytree->selected_ptr->name);
     else
 	val = 0;
-    
+
     destroy_dlg (dlg);
     return val;
 }
@@ -662,17 +662,17 @@ static QuickWidget confvfs_widgets [] = {
 { quick_label,     4, VFSX, 8, VFSY, N_("ftp anonymous password:"),
       0, 0, 0, 0, XV_WLAY_NEXTROW, "label-pass"},
 #endif
-{ quick_input,    26, VFSX, 6, VFSY, "", 10, 0, 0, &ret_limit, 
+{ quick_input,    26, VFSX, 6, VFSY, "", 10, 0, 0, &ret_limit,
       XV_WLAY_RIGHTDOWN, "input-limit" },
 { quick_radio,    4, VFSX, 5, VFSY, "", 2, 0,
       &vfs_use_limit, confvfs_str, XV_WLAY_BELOWCLOSE, "radio" },
-{ quick_label,    4,  VFSX, 4, VFSY, N_("Gzipped tar archive extract:"), 
+{ quick_label,    4,  VFSX, 4, VFSY, N_("Gzipped tar archive extract:"),
       0, 0, 0, 0, XV_WLAY_NEXTROW, "label-tar" },
 { quick_label,    46, VFSX, 3, VFSY, "sec",
       0, 0, 0, 0, XV_WLAY_RIGHTOF, "label-sec2" },
-{ quick_input,    35, VFSX, 3, VFSY, "", 10, 0, 0, &ret_timeout, 
+{ quick_input,    35, VFSX, 3, VFSY, "", 10, 0, 0, &ret_timeout,
       XV_WLAY_RIGHTOF, "input-timo-vfs" },
-{ quick_label,    4,  VFSX, 3, VFSY, N_("Timeout for freeing VFSs:"), 
+{ quick_label,    4,  VFSX, 3, VFSY, N_("Timeout for freeing VFSs:"),
       0, 0, 0, 0, XV_WLAY_BELOWCLOSE, "label-vfs" },
 { 0,              0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, XV_WLAY_DONTCARE, 0 }
 };
@@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ void configure_vfs ()
 
     if (quick_dialog (&confvfs_dlg) != B_CANCEL) {
         char *p;
-        
+
         vfs_timeout = atoi (ret_timeout);
         free (ret_timeout);
         if (vfs_timeout < 0 || vfs_timeout > 10000)
@@ -771,10 +771,10 @@ char *cd_dialog (void)
     { quick_input,  6, 57, 5, 0, "", 50, 0, 0, 0, XV_WLAY_RIGHTOF, "input" },
     { quick_label,  3, 57, 2, 0, "",  0, 0, 0, 0, XV_WLAY_DONTCARE, "label" },
     { 0 } };
-    
+
     char *my_str;
 	int len;
-    
+
     Quick_input.xlen  = 57;
     Quick_input.title = _("Quick cd");
     Quick_input.help  = "[Quick cd]";
@@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ char *cd_dialog (void)
 	len = strlen (quick_widgets [INPUT_INDEX+1].text);
 
 	quick_widgets [INPUT_INDEX+1].relative_x = 3;
-	quick_widgets [INPUT_INDEX].relative_x = 
+	quick_widgets [INPUT_INDEX].relative_x =
 		quick_widgets [INPUT_INDEX+1].relative_x + len + 1;
 
     Quick_input.xlen = len + quick_widgets [INPUT_INDEX].hotkey_pos + 7;
@@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ char *cd_dialog (void)
     Quick_input.ypos = LINES - 2 - Quick_input.ylen;
     quick_widgets [INPUT_INDEX].relative_y = 2;
     quick_widgets [INPUT_INDEX].str_result = &my_str;
-    
+
     Quick_input.widgets = quick_widgets;
     if (quick_dialog (&Quick_input) != B_CANCEL){
 	return *(quick_widgets [INPUT_INDEX].str_result);
@@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ char *cd_dialog (void)
 	return 0;
 }
 
-void symlink_dialog (char *existing, char *new, char **ret_existing, 
+void symlink_dialog (char *existing, char *new, char **ret_existing,
     char **ret_new)
 {
     QuickDialog Quick_input;
@@ -828,7 +828,7 @@ void symlink_dialog (char *existing, char *new, char **ret_existing,
     { quick_input,  6, 80, 3, 8, "", 58, 0, 0, 0, XV_WLAY_BELOWCLOSE, "input-2" },
     { quick_label,  6, 80, 2, 8, "", 0, 0, 0, 0, XV_WLAY_DONTCARE, "label-2" },
     { 0 } };
-    
+
     Quick_input.xlen  = 64;
     Quick_input.ylen  = 8;
     Quick_input.title = "Symbolic link";
@@ -842,7 +842,7 @@ void symlink_dialog (char *existing, char *new, char **ret_existing,
     Quick_input.xpos = -1;
     quick_widgets [INPUT_INDEX].str_result = ret_new;
     quick_widgets [INPUT_INDEX+2].str_result = ret_existing;
-    
+
     Quick_input.widgets = quick_widgets;
     if (quick_dialog (&Quick_input) == B_CANCEL){
         *ret_new = NULL;
@@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ jobs_fill_listbox (void)
        state_str [0] = _("Running ");
        state_str [1] = _("Stopped");
     }
-    
+
     while (tl){
 	char *s;
 
@@ -880,19 +880,19 @@ jobs_fill_listbox (void)
 	tl = tl->next;
     }
 }
-	
+
 static int
 task_cb (int action, void *ignored)
 {
     TaskList *tl;
     int sig;
-    
+
     if (!bg_list->list)
 	return 0;
 
     /* Get this instance information */
     tl = (TaskList *) bg_list->current->data;
-    
+
     if (action == B_STOP){
 	sig   = SIGSTOP;
 	tl->state = Task_Stopped;
@@ -902,7 +902,7 @@ task_cb (int action, void *ignored)
     } else if (action == B_KILL){
 	sig = SIGKILL;
     }
-    
+
     if (sig == SIGINT)
 	unregister_task_running (tl->pid, tl->fd);
 
@@ -912,18 +912,18 @@ task_cb (int action, void *ignored)
 
     /* This can be optimized to just redraw this widget :-) */
     dlg_redraw (jobs_dlg);
-    
+
     return 0;
 }
 
-static struct 
+static struct
 {
 	char* name;
 	int xpos;
 	int value;
 	int (*callback)();
 	char* tkname;
-} 
+}
 job_buttons [] =
 {
 	{N_("&Stop"),   3,  B_STOP,   task_cb, "button-stop"},
@@ -968,24 +968,24 @@ jobs_cmd (void)
 			   common_dialog_callback, "[Background jobs]", "jobs",
 			   DLG_CENTER | DLG_GRID);
     x_set_dialog_title (jobs_dlg, _("Background Jobs"));
-    
+
     bg_list = listbox_new (2, 3, JOBS_X-7, JOBS_Y-9, listbox_nothing, 0, "listbox");
     add_widget (jobs_dlg, bg_list);
 
 	i = n_buttons;
 	while (i--)
 	{
-		add_widget (jobs_dlg, button_new (JOBS_Y-4, 
+		add_widget (jobs_dlg, button_new (JOBS_Y-4,
 			job_buttons [i].xpos, job_buttons [i].value,
-			NORMAL_BUTTON, job_buttons [i].name, 
+			NORMAL_BUTTON, job_buttons [i].name,
 			job_buttons [i].callback, 0,
 			job_buttons [i].tkname));
 	}
-	
+
     /* Insert all of task information in the list */
     jobs_fill_listbox ();
     run_dlg (jobs_dlg);
-    
+
     destroy_dlg (jobs_dlg);
 }
 #endif

rosapps/mc/src/chmod.c

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
  */
 
 #include <config.h>
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ struct {
     char *text;
     int selected;
     WCheck *check;
-} check_perm[PERMISSIONS] = 
+} check_perm[PERMISSIONS] =
 {
     { S_IXOTH, N_("execute/search by others"), 0, 0, },
     { S_IWOTH, N_("write by others"), 0, 0, },
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ struct {
 struct {
     int ret_cmd, flags, y, x;
     char *text;
-} chmod_but[BUTTONS] = 
+} chmod_but[BUTTONS] =
 {
     { B_CANCEL, NORMAL_BUTTON,  2, 33, N_("&Cancel") },
     { B_ENTER,  DEFPUSH_BUTTON, 2, 17, N_("&Set") },
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ static void chmod_toggle_select (void)
 #ifdef HAVE_TK
     char *wn = (char *) ch_dlg->current->widget->wdata;
     int  id = ch_dlg->current->dlg_id -BUTTONS + single_set * 2;
-    
+
     check_perm [id].selected ^= 1;
 
     tk_evalf ("%s configure -color $setup(%s)",
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ static void chmod_refresh (void)
 {
     attrset (COLOR_NORMAL);
     dlg_erase (ch_dlg);
-    
+
     draw_box (ch_dlg, 1, 2, 20 - single_set, 66);
     draw_box (ch_dlg, PY, PX, PERMISSIONS + 2, 33);
     draw_box (ch_dlg, FY, FX, 10, 25);
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ static void chmod_refresh (void)
     addstr (_("Owner name"));
     dlg_move (ch_dlg, FY + 7, FX + 2);
     addstr (_("Group name"));
-    
+
     attrset (title_color);
     dlg_move (ch_dlg, 1, 28);
     addstr (_(" Chmod command "));
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ static void chmod_refresh (void)
     addstr (_(" Permission "));
     dlg_move (ch_dlg, FY, FX + 1);
     addstr (_(" File "));
-    
+
     attrset (selection_color);
 
     dlg_move (ch_dlg, TY, TX);
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ static void chmod_refresh (void)
 static int chmod_callback (Dlg_head *h, int Par, int Msg)
 {
     char buffer [10];
-    
+
     switch (Msg) {
     case DLG_ACTION:
 	if (Par >= BUTTONS - single_set * 2){
@@ -236,10 +236,10 @@ static void init_chmod (void)
 	title_color  = SELECTED_COLOR;
 	selection_color = SELECTED_COLOR;
     }
-    
+
     ch_dlg = create_dlg (0, 0, 22 - single_set, 70, dialog_colors,
 			 chmod_callback, "[Chmod]", "chmod", DLG_CENTER);
-			 
+
     x_set_dialog_title (ch_dlg, _("Chmod command"));
 
 #define XTRACT(i) BY+chmod_but[i].y-single_set, BX+chmod_but[i].x, \
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ void chmod_cmd (void)
 	    destroy_dlg (ch_dlg);
 	    break;
 	}
-	
+
 	c_stat = sf_stat.st_mode;
 	mode_change = 0;	/* clear changes flag */
 
@@ -369,9 +369,9 @@ void chmod_cmd (void)
 	statl = label_new (FY+4, FX+2, buffer, NULL);
 	add_widget (ch_dlg, statl);
 	tk_end_frame ();
-	
+
 	run_dlg (ch_dlg);	/* retrieve an action */
-	
+
 	/* do action */
 	switch (ch_dlg->ret_value){
 	case B_ENTER:
@@ -381,11 +381,11 @@ void chmod_cmd (void)
 	 		 fname, unix_error_string (errno));
 	    need_update = 1;
 	    break;
-	    
+
 	case B_CANCEL:
 	    end_chmod = 1;
 	    break;
-	    
+
 	case B_ALL:
 	case B_MARKED:
 	    and_mask = or_mask = 0;
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ void chmod_cmd (void)
 
 	    apply_mask (&sf_stat);
 	    break;
-	    
+
 	case B_SETMRK:
 	    and_mask = or_mask = 0;
 	    and_mask = ~and_mask;

rosapps/mc/src/chown.c

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  
+   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
  */
 
 #include <config.h>
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ static struct {
     { B_SETALL, NORMAL_BUTTON,  0, 3,  N_("Set &all") },
 };
 
-#define LABELS 5 
+#define LABELS 5
 static struct {
     int y, x;
     WLabel *l;
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ static void chown_refresh (void)
     addstr (N_(" Size "));
     dlg_move (ch_dlg, TY + 9, TX + 1);
     addstr (N_(" Permission "));
-    
+
     attrset (COLOR_HOT_NORMAL);
     dlg_move (ch_dlg, 1, 28);
     addstr (N_(" Chown command "));
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ static void init_chown (void)
 
     do_refresh ();
     end_chown = need_update = current_file = 0;
-    single_set = (cpanel->marked < 2) ? 3 : 0;    
+    single_set = (cpanel->marked < 2) ? 3 : 0;
 
     ch_dlg = create_dlg (0, 0, 18, 74, dialog_colors, chown_callback,
 			 "[Chown]", "chown", DLG_CENTER);
@@ -196,13 +196,13 @@ static void init_chown (void)
 	listbox_add_item (l_user, 0, 0, l_pass->pw_name, NULL);
     }
     endpwent ();
-    
+
     setgrent ();		/* get and put group names in the listbox */
     while ((l_grp = getgrent ())) {
 	listbox_add_item (l_group, 0, 0, l_grp->gr_name, NULL);
     }
     endgrent ();
-    
+
     tk_new_frame (ch_dlg, "f.");
     add_widget (ch_dlg, l_group);
     tk_new_frame (ch_dlg, "g.");
@@ -229,13 +229,13 @@ static inline void do_chown (uid_t u, gid_t g)
 static void apply_chowns (uid_t u, gid_t g)
 {
     char *fname;
-  
+
     need_update = end_chown = 1;
     do_chown (u,g);
-  
+
     do {
 	fname = next_file ();
-    
+
 	do_chown (u,g);
     } while (cpanel->marked);
 }
@@ -271,17 +271,17 @@ void chown_cmd (void)
 	    fname = next_file ();	        /* next marked file */
 	else
 	    fname = selection (cpanel)->fname;	        /* single file */
-	
+
 	if (!stat_file (fname, &sf_stat)){	/* get status of file */
 	    destroy_dlg (ch_dlg);
 	    break;
 	}
-	
+
 	/* select in listboxes */
 	fe = listbox_search_text (l_user, get_owner(sf_stat.st_uid));
 	if (fe)
 	    listbox_select_entry (l_user, fe);
-    
+
 	fe = listbox_search_text (l_group, get_group(sf_stat.st_gid));
 	if (fe)
 	    listbox_select_entry (l_group, fe);
@@ -294,12 +294,12 @@ void chown_cmd (void)
 	chown_label (4, string_perm (sf_stat.st_mode));
 
 	run_dlg (ch_dlg);
-    
+
 	switch (ch_dlg->ret_value) {
 	case B_CANCEL:
 	    end_chown = 1;
 	    break;
-	    
+
 	case B_SETUSR:
 	{
 	    struct passwd *user;
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ void chown_cmd (void)
 		apply_chowns (new_user, new_group);
 	    }
 	    break;
-	}   
+	}
 	case B_SETGRP:
 	{
 	    struct group *grp;
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ void chown_cmd (void)
 	{
 	    struct group *grp;
 	    struct passwd *user;
-	    
+
 	    grp = getgrnam (l_group->current->text);
 	    if (grp)
 		new_group = grp->gr_gid;
@@ -344,13 +344,13 @@ void chown_cmd (void)
 	    break;
 	}
 	}
-	
+
 	if (cpanel->marked && ch_dlg->ret_value != B_CANCEL){
 	    do_file_mark (cpanel, current_file, 0);
 	    need_update = 1;
 	}
 	destroy_dlg (ch_dlg);
     } while (cpanel->marked && !end_chown);
-    
+
     chown_done ();
 }

rosapps/mc/src/cmd.c

@@ -1,14 +1,14 @@
 /* Routines invoked by a function key
    They normally operate on the current panel.
-   
+
    Copyright (C) 1994, 1995 Miguel de Icaza
    Copyright (C) 1994, 1995 Janne Kukonlehto
-   
+
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ int view_file_at_line (char *filename, int plain_view, int internal, int start_l
         int changed_hex_mode = 0;
         int changed_nroff_flag = 0;
         int changed_magic_flag = 0;
-    
+
         altered_hex_mode = 0;
         altered_nroff_flag = 0;
         altered_magic_flag = 0;
@@ -181,14 +181,14 @@ int view_file_at_line (char *filename, int plain_view, int internal, int start_l
 	    sprintf (view_entry, "View:%d", start_line);
 	else
 	    strcpy (view_entry, "View");
-	
+
 	if (!regex_command (filename, view_entry, NULL, &move_dir)){
 	    view (0, filename, &move_dir, start_line);
 	    repaint_screen ();
 	}
     } else {
 	char *localcopy;
-	
+
 	if (!viewer){
 	    viewer = getenv ("PAGER");
 	    if (!viewer)
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ int view_file_at_line (char *filename, int plain_view, int internal, int start_l
 	    }
 	    execute_internal (viewer, localcopy);
 	    mc_ungetlocalcopy (filename, localcopy, 0);
-	} else 
+	} else
 	    execute_internal (viewer, filename);
     }
     return move_dir;
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ static void do_view_cmd (WPanel *panel, int normal)
 {
     int dir, file_idx;
     panel = get_a_panel (panel);
-    
+
     /* Directories are viewed by changing to them */
     if (S_ISDIR (selection (panel)->buf.st_mode) ||
 	link_isdir (selection (panel))){
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ static void do_view_cmd (WPanel *panel, int normal)
 	}
 	do_cd (selection (panel)->fname, cd_exact);
 	return;
-	
+
     }
 
     file_idx = panel->selected;
@@ -369,10 +369,10 @@ void copymove_cmd_with_default (int copy, char *thedefault)
 void mkdir_cmd (WPanel *panel)
 {
     char *dir;
-    
+
     panel = get_a_panel (panel);
     dir = input_expand_dialog (_(" Mkdir "), _(" Enter directory name:") , "");
-    
+
     if (!dir)
 	return;
 
@@ -423,9 +423,9 @@ void set_panel_filter (WPanel *p)
 {
     char *reg_exp;
     char *x;
-    
+
     x = p->filter ? p->filter : easy_patterns ? "*" : ".";
-	
+
     reg_exp = input_dialog (_(" Filter "), _(" Set expression for filtering filenames"), x);
     if (!reg_exp)
 	return;
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ void reread_cmd (void)
 	flag = strcmp (cpanel->cwd, opanel->cwd) ? UP_ONLY_CURRENT : 0;
     else
 	flag = UP_ONLY_CURRENT;
-	
+
     update_panels (UP_RELOAD|flag, UP_KEEPSEL);
     repaint_screen ();
 }
@@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ void select_cmd_panel (WPanel *panel)
     reg_exp = input_dialog (_(" Select "), "", easy_patterns ? "*" : ".");
     if (!reg_exp)
 	return;
-    
+
     reg_exp_t = reg_exp;
 
     /* Check if they specified a directory */
@@ -565,9 +565,9 @@ void unselect_cmd_panel (WPanel *panel)
     reg_exp = input_dialog (_(" Unselect "),"", easy_patterns ? "*" : ".");
     if (!reg_exp)
 	return;
-    
+
     reg_exp_t = reg_exp;
-    
+
     /* Check if they specified directory matching */
     if (*reg_exp_t == PATH_SEP){
         dirflag = 1;
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ void unselect_cmd_panel (WPanel *panel)
         reg_exp_t [strlen(reg_exp_t) - 1] = 0;
     }
     for (i = 0; i < panel->count; i++){
-        if (!strcmp (panel->dir.list [i].fname, "..")) 
+        if (!strcmp (panel->dir.list [i].fname, ".."))
             continue;
 	if (S_ISDIR (panel->dir.list [i].buf.st_mode)){
 	    if (!dirflag)
@@ -654,10 +654,10 @@ void menu_edit_cmd (void)
     char *buffer;
     char *menufile;
     int dir = 0;
-    
+
     dir = query_dialog (
 	_("Menu file edit"),
-	_(" Which menu file will you edit? "), 
+	_(" Which menu file will you edit? "),
 	0, geteuid() ? 2 : 3,
 	_("&Local"), _("&Home"), _("&System Wide")
     );
@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ void menu_edit_cmd (void)
 	    buffer = concat_dir_and_file (home_dir, MC_HOME_MENU);
 	    check_for_default (menufile, buffer);
 	    break;
-	
+
 	case 2:
 	    buffer = concat_dir_and_file (mc_home, MC_GLOBAL_MENU);
 	    break;
@@ -771,12 +771,12 @@ compare_dir (WPanel *panel, WPanel *other, enum CompareMode mode)
     char *src_name, *dst_name;
 
     panel = get_a_panel (panel);
-    
+
     /* No marks by default */
     panel->marked = 0;
     panel->total = 0;
     panel->dirs_marked = 0;
-    
+
     /* Handle all files in the panel */
     for (i = 0; i < panel->count; i++){
 	file_entry *source = &panel->dir.list[i];
@@ -806,16 +806,16 @@ compare_dir (WPanel *panel, WPanel *other, enum CompareMode mode)
 		if (source->buf.st_mtime < target->buf.st_mtime)
 		    continue;
 	    }
-	    
+
 	    /* Newer version with different size is marked */
 	    if (source->buf.st_size != target->buf.st_size){
 		do_file_mark (panel, i, 1);
 		continue;
-		
+
 	    }
 	    if (mode == compare_size_only)
 		continue;
-	    
+
 	    if (mode == compare_quick){
 		/* Thorough compare off, compare only time stamps */
 		/* Mark newer version, don't mark version with the same date */
@@ -963,12 +963,12 @@ view_other_cmd (void)
 
 	reset_prog_mode ();
 	keypad(stdscr, TRUE);
-#ifndef HAVE_X	
+#ifndef HAVE_X
 	if (use_mouse_p)
 	    init_mouse ();
         if (alternate_plus_minus)
             application_keypad_mode ();
-#endif	    
+#endif
 
 #ifdef HAVE_SUBSHELL_SUPPORT
 	if (use_subshell){
@@ -1008,9 +1008,9 @@ do_link (int symbolic_link, char *fname)
 	if (!S_ISREG (s.st_mode))
 	    return;
     }
-    
+
     if (!symbolic_link){
-        src = copy_strings (_(" Link "), name_trunc (fname, 46), 
+        src = copy_strings (_(" Link "), name_trunc (fname, 46),
             _(" to:"), NULL);
 	dest = input_expand_dialog (_(" Link "), src, "");
 	free (src);
@@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@ do_link (int symbolic_link, char *fname)
 	/* suggest the full path for symlink */
         char s[MC_MAXPATHLEN];
         char d[MC_MAXPATHLEN];
-	
+
         strcpy(s, cpanel->cwd);
         if ( ! ((s[0] == '/') && (s[1] == 0)))
             strcat(s, "/");
@@ -1039,7 +1039,7 @@ do_link (int symbolic_link, char *fname)
 	    strcpy(d, opanel->cwd);
 	else
 	    strcpy (d,"");
-	
+
         if ( ! ((d[0] == '/') && (d[1] == 0)))
             strcat(d, "/");
         symlink_dialog (s, d, &dest, &src);
@@ -1082,7 +1082,7 @@ void edit_symlink_cmd (void)
 	char buffer [MC_MAXPATHLEN], *p = selection (cpanel)->fname;
 	int i;
 	char *dest, *q = copy_strings (_(" Symlink "), name_trunc (p, 32), _(" points to:"), NULL);
-	
+
 	i = readlink (p, buffer, MC_MAXPATHLEN);
 	if (i > 0) {
 	    buffer [i] = 0;
@@ -1115,7 +1115,7 @@ void other_symlink_cmd (void)
         return;
     p = concat_dir_and_file (cpanel->cwd, selection (cpanel)->fname);
     r = concat_dir_and_file (opanel->cwd, selection (cpanel)->fname);
-    
+
     q = copy_strings (_(" Link symbolically "), name_trunc (p, 32), _(" to:"), NULL);
     dest = input_expand_dialog (_(" Relative symlink "), q, r);
     if (dest) {
@@ -1173,7 +1173,7 @@ char *get_random_hint (void)
     char *hintfile;
     int  len;
     int start;
-    
+
     /* Do not change hints more often than one minute */
 
 #ifdef SCO_FLAVOR
@@ -1187,10 +1187,10 @@ char *get_random_hint (void)
 #else
     static int last_sec;
     static struct timeval tv;
-    
+
     gettimeofday (&tv, NULL);
     if (!(tv.tv_sec> last_sec+60))
-	return strdup (""); 
+	return strdup ("");
     last_sec = tv.tv_sec;
 #endif
 
@@ -1208,7 +1208,7 @@ char *get_random_hint (void)
     /* get a random entry */
     len = strlen (data);
     start = rand () % len;
-    
+
     for (;start; start--){
 	if (data [start] == '\n'){
 	    start++;
@@ -1249,9 +1249,9 @@ static void nice_cd (char *text, char *xtext, char *help, char *prefix, int to_h
 
     if (strncmp (prefix, machine, strlen (prefix)) == 0)
 	cd_path = copy_strings (machine, to_home ? "/~/" : NULL, NULL);
-    else 
+    else
 	cd_path = copy_strings (prefix, machine, to_home ? "/~/" : NULL, NULL);
-    
+
     if (do_panel_cd (MENU_PANEL, cd_path, 0))
 	directory_history_add (MENU_PANEL, (MENU_PANEL)->cwd);
     else
@@ -1277,7 +1277,7 @@ void source_routing (void)
 {
     char *source;
     struct hostent *hp;
-    
+
     source = input_dialog (_(" Socket source routing setup "),
 			   _(" Enter host name to use as a source routing hop: ")n,
 			   "");
@@ -1310,7 +1310,7 @@ void quick_cd_cmd (void)
 
     if (p && *p) {
         char *q = copy_strings ("cd ", p, NULL);
-        
+
         do_cd_command (q);
         free (q);
     }
@@ -1350,7 +1350,7 @@ void dirsizes_cmd (void)
     strcpy (cmd, dirsizes_command);
     p = strchr (cmd, 0);
     for (i = 0; i < panel->count; i++)
-        if (S_ISDIR (panel->dir.list [i].buf.st_mode) && 
+        if (S_ISDIR (panel->dir.list [i].buf.st_mode) &&
             strcmp (panel->dir.list [i].fname, "..")) {
             strcpy (p, panel->dir.list [i].fname);
             p = strchr (p, 0);
@@ -1361,8 +1361,8 @@ void dirsizes_cmd (void)
     f = popen (cmd, "r");
     free (cmd);
     if (f != NULL) {
-        /* Assume that du will display the directories in the order 
+        /* Assume that du will display the directories in the order
-         * I've passed to it :( 
+         * I've passed to it :(
          */
         i = 0;
         p = xmalloc (1024, "dirsizes_cmd");
@@ -1379,8 +1379,8 @@ void dirsizes_cmd (void)
                     if (!strncmp (q, panel->dir.list [i].fname,
                         r - q)) {
                         if (panel->dir.list [i].f.marked)
-                            panel->total += j - 
+                            panel->total += j -
-			    ((panel->has_dir_sizes) ? panel->dir.list [i].buf.st_size : 0); 
+			    ((panel->has_dir_sizes) ? panel->dir.list [i].buf.st_size : 0);
                         panel->dir.list [i].buf.st_size = j;
                         break;
                     }
@@ -1393,7 +1393,7 @@ void dirsizes_cmd (void)
 	    message (0, _("Show directory sizes"), _("Pipe close failed"));
 	else
 #else /* SCO_FLAVOR */
- 	/* 
+ 	/*
  	**	SCO reports about error while all seems to be ok. Just ignore it...
  	**	(alex@bcs.zaporizhzhe.ua)
  	*/
@@ -1411,11 +1411,11 @@ void
 save_setup_cmd (void)
 {
     char *str;
-    
+
     save_setup ();
     sync_profiles ();
     str = copy_strings ( _(" Setup saved to ~/"), PROFILE_NAME, NULL);
-    
+
 #ifdef HAVE_GNOME
     set_hintbar (str);
 #else
@@ -1428,25 +1428,25 @@ void
 configure_panel_listing (WPanel *p, int view_type, int use_msformat, char *user, char *status)
 {
     int err;
-    
+
-    p->user_mini_status = use_msformat; 
+    p->user_mini_status = use_msformat;
     p->list_type = view_type;
-    
+
     if (view_type == list_user || use_msformat){
 	free (p->user_format);
 	p->user_format = user;
-    
+
 	free (p->user_status_format [view_type]);
 	p->user_status_format [view_type] = status;
-    
+
 	err = set_panel_formats (p);
-	
+
 	if (err){
 	    if (err & 0x01){
 	    	free (p->user_format);
 		p->user_format  = strdup (DEFAULT_USER_FORMAT);
 	    }
-		
+
 	    if (err & 0x02){
 		free (p->user_status_format [view_type]);
 		p->user_status_format [view_type]  = strdup (DEFAULT_USER_FORMAT);
@@ -1460,7 +1460,7 @@ configure_panel_listing (WPanel *p, int view_type, int use_msformat, char *user,
 
     set_panel_formats (p);
     paint_panel (p);
-    
+
     do_refresh ();
 }
 
@@ -1541,7 +1541,7 @@ set_basic_panel_listing_to (int panel_index, int listing_mode)
     p->list_type = listing_mode;
     if (set_panel_formats (p))
 	return 0;
-	
+
     paint_panel (p);
     do_refresh ();
     return 1;
@@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@ toggle_listing_cmd (void)
     WPanel *p = (WPanel *) get_panel_widget (current);
     int list_mode = p->list_type;
     int m;
-    
+
     switch (list_mode){
     case list_full:
     case list_brief:

rosapps/mc/src/cmd.h

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ void ftplink_cmd (void);
 void undelete_cmd (void);
 void help_cmd (void);
 void dirsizes_cmd (void);
-int view_file_at_line (char *filename, int plain_view, int internal, 
+int view_file_at_line (char *filename, int plain_view, int internal,
                        int start_line);
 int view_file (char *filename, int normal, int internal);
 void view_cmd (WPanel *panel);

rosapps/mc/src/color.c

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 /* Color setup
    Copyright (C) 1994 Miguel de Icaza.
-   
+
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 #include "color.h"
 #include "x.h"
 
-/* "$Id: color.c,v 1.1 2001/12/30 09:55:26 sedwards Exp $" */
+/* "$Id$" */
 
 /* To avoid excessive calls to ncurses' has_colors () */
 int   hascolors = 0;
@@ -80,21 +80,21 @@ struct colorpair color_map [] = {
     { "dfocus=",     0, 0 },	/* Dialog focused */
     { "dhotnormal=", 0, 0 },	/* Dialog normal/hot */
     { "dhotfocus=",  0, 0 },	/* Dialog focused/hot */
-    
+
     { "viewunderline=", 0, 0 },	/* _\b? sequence in view */
     { "menusel=",    0, 0 },	/* Menu selected color */
     { "menuhot=",    0, 0 },    /* Color for menu hotkeys */
     { "menuhotsel=", 0, 0 },    /* Menu hotkeys/selected entry */
-    
+
     { "helpnormal=", 0, 0 },    /* Help normal */
     { "helpitalic=", 0, 0 },    /* Italic in help */
     { "helpbold=",   0, 0 },    /* Bold in help */
     { "helplink=",   0, 0 },    /* Not selected hyperlink */
     { "helpslink=",  0, 0 },    /* Selected hyperlink */
-    
+
     { "gauge=",      0, 0 },    /* Color of the progress bar (percentage) */
     { "input=",      0, 0 },
- 
+
     /* Per file types colors */
     { "directory=",  0, 0 },
     { "execute=",    0, 0 },
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ void get_color (char *cpp, CTYPE *colp);
 static void get_color (char *cpp, CTYPE *colp)
 {
     int i;
-    
+
     for (i = 0; i < ELEMENTS(color_table); i++){
 	if (strcmp (cpp, color_name (i)) == 0){
 	    *colp = color_value (i);
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ static void get_two_colors (char **cpp, struct colorpair *colorpairp)
     int state;
 
     state = 0;
-    
+
     for (; *p; p++){
 	if (*p == ':'){
 	    *p = 0;
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ static void configure_colors (void)
 #ifndef HAVE_TK
 #ifndef HAVE_XVIEW
     extern char *default_edition_colors;
-    
+
     configure_colors_string (default_edition_colors);
 #endif
 #endif
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ void
 init_colors (void)
 {
 	int i;
-	
+
 	use_colors = 1;
 	start_color ();
 	configure_colors ();
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ init_colors (void)
 void init_colors (void)
 {
     int i;
-    
+
     hascolors = has_colors ();
 
     if (!disable_colors && hascolors){
@@ -284,14 +284,14 @@ void init_colors (void)
 	if (use_colors) { /* Hack to make COLOR_PAIR(31) be the default fg/bg
 	                     of the terminal */
 	    char *Norm_Vid = SLtt_tgetstr ("me");
-	    
+
 	    if (Norm_Vid == NULL)
 	        Norm_Vid = SLtt_tgetstr ("se");
 	    if (Norm_Vid == NULL)
 	        Norm_Vid = "\033[0m";
 	    SLtt_set_color_esc (31, Norm_Vid);
 	}
-#endif	
+#endif
 
 	for (i = 0; i < ELEMENTS (color_map); i++){
 	    init_pair (i+1, color_map_fg(i), color_map_bg(i));

rosapps/mc/src/color.h

@@ -57,18 +57,18 @@ extern int attr_pairs [];
 #define HELP_BOLD_COLOR    (PORT_COLOR (MY_COLOR_PAIR(18),A_REVERSE))
 #define HELP_LINK_COLOR    (PORT_COLOR (MY_COLOR_PAIR(19),0))
 #define HELP_SLINK_COLOR   (PORT_COLOR (MY_COLOR_PAIR(20),A_BOLD))
-			   
+
 extern int sel_mark_color  [4];
 extern int dialog_colors   [4];
-			   
+
 #define COLOR_NORMAL       (PORT_COLOR (MY_COLOR_PAIR (8),A_REVERSE))
 #define COLOR_FOCUS        (PORT_COLOR (MY_COLOR_PAIR (9),A_BOLD))
 #define COLOR_HOT_NORMAL   (PORT_COLOR (MY_COLOR_PAIR (10),0))
 #define COLOR_HOT_FOCUS    (PORT_COLOR (MY_COLOR_PAIR (11),0))
-			   
+
 /* Add this to color panel, on BW all pairs are normal */
 #define STALLED_COLOR      (PORT_COLOR (MY_COLOR_PAIR (12),0))
-			   
+
 #define DIRECTORY_COLOR    (PORT_COLOR (MY_COLOR_PAIR (23),0))
 #define EXECUTABLE_COLOR   (PORT_COLOR (MY_COLOR_PAIR (24),0))
 #define LINK_COLOR         (PORT_COLOR (MY_COLOR_PAIR (25),0))

rosapps/mc/src/command.c

@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ ${var:-value}, etc. Use the eval cd 'path' command instead.
 Bugs: No quoting occurrs here, so ${VAR} and $VAR will be always
 substituted. I think we can encourage users to use in such extreme
 cases instead of >cd path< command a >eval cd 'path'< command, which works
-as they might expect :) 
+as they might expect :)
 FIXME: Perhaps we should do wildcard matching as well? */
 static int examine_cd (char *path)
 {
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ static int examine_cd (char *path)
         }
     }
     *r = 0;
-    
+
     result = do_cd (q, cd_parse_command);
 
     /* CDPATH handling */
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ void do_cd_command (char *cmd)
 	cmd [len] = 0;
 	len --;
     }
-    
+
     if (cmd [2] == 0)
 	cmd = "cd ";
 
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ void do_cd_command (char *cmd)
 static int enter (WCommand *cmdline)
 {
     Dlg_head *old_dlg;
-    
+
     if (command_prompt && strlen (input_w (cmdline)->buffer)){
 	char *cmd;
 
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ static int enter (WCommand *cmdline)
 	    new_input (input_w (cmdline));
 	    return MSG_HANDLED;
 	}
-#endif 
+#endif
 	else {
 	    char *command, *s;
 	    int i, j;
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ static int enter (WCommand *cmdline)
 	    new_input (input_w (cmdline));
 	    execute (command);
 	    free (command);
-	    
+
 #ifdef HAVE_SUBSHELL_SUPPORT
 	    if (quit & SUBSHELL_EXIT){
 	        quiet_quit_cmd ();
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ WCommand *command_new (int y, int x, int cols)
     cmd->old_callback = (callback_fn) cmd->input.widget.callback;
     cmd->input.widget.callback = (int (*) (Dlg_head *, void *, int, int))
     			command_callback;
-    
+
     cmd->input.completion_flags |= INPUT_COMPLETE_COMMANDS;
     return cmd;
 }

rosapps/mc/src/complete.c

@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 /* Input line filename/username/hostname/variable/command completion.
    (Let mc type for you...)
-   
+
    Copyright (C) 1995 The Free Software Foundation
-   
+
    Written by: 1995 Jakub Jelinek
-   
+
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ char *filename_completion_function (char *text, int state)
 
         if (dirname)
             free (dirname);
-        if (filename) 
+        if (filename)
             free (filename);
         if (users_dirname)
             free (users_dirname);
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ char *filename_completion_function (char *text, int state)
 	{
 	    char *tmp = xmalloc (3 + strlen (dirname) + NLENGTH (entry), "Filename completion");
 	    struct stat tempstat;
-	    
+
 	    strcpy (tmp, dirname);
 	    strcat (tmp, PATH_SEP_STR);
 	    strcat (tmp, entry->d_name);
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ char *filename_completion_function (char *text, int state)
 	    if (!stat (tmp, &tempstat)){
 	    	uid_t my_uid = getuid ();
 	    	gid_t my_gid = getgid ();
-	    	
+
 	        if (!S_ISDIR (tempstat.st_mode)){
 	            isdir = 0;
 	            if ((!my_uid && (tempstat.st_mode & 0111)) ||
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ char *username_completion_function (char *text, int state)
         return NULL;
     } else {
         char *temp = xmalloc (3 + strlen (entry->pw_name), "Username completion");
-        
+
         *temp = '~';
         strcpy (temp + 1, entry->pw_name);
         strcat (temp, PATH_SEP_STR);
@@ -374,10 +374,10 @@ static void fetch_hosts (char *filename)
 	    name [i - start] = 0;
 	    {
 	    	char **host_p;
-	    	
+
 	    	if (hosts_p - hosts >= hosts_alloclen){
 	    	    int j = hosts_p - hosts;
-	    	
+
 	    	    hosts = realloc ((void *)hosts, ((hosts_alloclen += 30) + 1) * sizeof (char *));
 	    	    hosts_p = hosts + j;
 	        }
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ char *hostname_completion_function (char *text, int state)
 
     if (!state){ /* Initialization stuff */
         char *p;
-        
+
     	if (hosts != NULL){
     	    for (host_p = hosts; *host_p; host_p++)
     	    	free (*host_p);
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ char *hostname_completion_function (char *text, int state)
     	textstart = (*text == '@') ? 1 : 0;
     	textlen = strlen (text + textstart);
     }
-    
+
     while (*host_p){
     	if (!textlen)
     	    break; /* Match all of them */
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ char *hostname_completion_function (char *text, int state)
     	    break;
     	host_p++;
     }
-    
+
     if (!*host_p){
     	for (host_p = hosts; *host_p; host_p++)
     	    free (*host_p);
@@ -460,13 +460,13 @@ char *command_completion_function (char *text, int state)
                                       "case", "esac", "for", "select", "while",
                                       "until", "do", "done", "in", "function" , 0};
     static char *bash_builtins [] = { "alias", "bg", "bind", "break", "builtin",
-    				      "cd", "command", "continue", "declare", 
+    				      "cd", "command", "continue", "declare",
     				      "dirs", "echo", "enable", "eval", "exec",
     				      "exit", "export", "fc", "fg", "getopts",
     				      "hash", "help", "history", "jobs", "kill",
     				      "let", "local", "logout", "popd", "pushd",
     				      "pwd", "read", "readonly", "return", "set",
-    				      "shift", "source", "suspend", "test", 
+    				      "shift", "source", "suspend", "test",
     				      "times", "trap", "type", "typeset",
     				      "ulimit", "umask", "unalias", "unset",
     				      "wait" , 0};
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ char *command_completion_function (char *text, int state)
 	    }
 	}
     }
-    
+
     if (isabsolute){
         p = filename_completion_function (text, state);
         if (!p)
@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ char *command_completion_function (char *text, int state)
         return p;
     }
 
-    found = NULL;    
+    found = NULL;
     switch (phase){
     	case 0: /* Reserved words */
 	    while (*words){
@@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ char *command_completion_function (char *text, int state)
 	    while (!found){
 	        if (!cur_word){
 		    char *expanded;
-		    
+
 	            if (!*cur_path)
 	            	break;
 		    expanded = tilde_expand (cur_path);
@@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ char *command_completion_function (char *text, int state)
 	        }
 	    }
     }
-    
+
     if (!found){
         look_for_executables = 0;
         if (path)
@@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ char *command_completion_function (char *text, int state)
         return p;
     }
     return found;
-    
+
 }
 
 int match_compare (const void *a, const void *b)
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ int match_compare (const void *a, const void *b)
    completions follows.
    You have to supply your own CompletionFunction with the word you
    want to complete as the first argument and an count of previous matches
-   as the second. 
+   as the second.
    In case no matches were found we return NULL. */
 char **completion_matches (char *text, CompletionFunction entry_function)
 {
@@ -618,11 +618,11 @@ char **completion_matches (char *text, CompletionFunction entry_function)
 	    match_list[1] = (char *)NULL;
         } else {
             int j;
-            
+
 	    qsort (match_list + 1, matches, sizeof (char *), match_compare);
 
 	    /* And compare each member of the list with
-	       the next, finding out where they stop matching. 
+	       the next, finding out where they stop matching.
 	       If we find two equal strings, we have to put one away... */
 
 	    j = i + 1;
@@ -632,7 +632,7 @@ char **completion_matches (char *text, CompletionFunction entry_function)
 
 		for (si = 0;(c1 = match_list [i][si]) && (c2 = match_list [j][si]); si++)
 		    if (c1 != c2) break;
-		
+
 		if (!c1 && !match_list [j][si]){ /* Two equal strings */
 		    free (match_list [j]);
 		    j++;
@@ -660,10 +660,10 @@ char **completion_matches (char *text, CompletionFunction entry_function)
 int check_is_cd (char *text, int start, int flags)
 {
     char *p, *q = text + start;
-    	    
+
     for (p = text; *p && p < q && (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t'); p++);
-    if (((flags & INPUT_COMPLETE_COMMANDS) && 
+    if (((flags & INPUT_COMPLETE_COMMANDS) &&
-        !strncmp (p, "cd", 2) && (p [2] == ' ' || p [2] == '\t') && 
+        !strncmp (p, "cd", 2) && (p [2] == ' ' || p [2] == '\t') &&
         p + 2 < q) ||
         (flags & INPUT_COMPLETE_CD))
         return 1;
@@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ char **try_complete (char *text, int *start, int *end, int flags)
             register int this_char, prev_char;
 
             in_command_position++;
-            
+
             if (i){
                 /* Handle the two character tokens `>&', `<&', and `>|'.
                    We are not in a command position after one of these. */
@@ -720,14 +720,14 @@ char **try_complete (char *text, int *start, int *end, int flags)
     	p = strrchr (word, '`');
     if (flags & (INPUT_COMPLETE_COMMANDS | INPUT_COMPLETE_VARIABLES))
         q = strrchr (word, '$');
-    if (flags & INPUT_COMPLETE_HOSTNAMES)    
+    if (flags & INPUT_COMPLETE_HOSTNAMES)
         r = strrchr (word, '@');
     if (q && q [1] == '(' && INPUT_COMPLETE_COMMANDS){
     	if (q > p)
     	    p = q + 1;
     	q = NULL;
     }
-    
+
     /* Command substitution? */
     if (p > q && p > r){
         matches = completion_matches (p + 1, command_completion_function);
@@ -742,14 +742,14 @@ char **try_complete (char *text, int *start, int *end, int flags)
             *start += q - word;
     }
 
-    /* Starts with '@', then look through the known hostnames for 
+    /* Starts with '@', then look through the known hostnames for
        completion first. */
     else if (r > p && r > q){
         matches = completion_matches (r, hostname_completion_function);
         if (matches)
             *start += r - word;
     }
-        
+
     /* Starts with `~' and there is no slash in the word, then
        try completing this word as a username. */
     if (!matches && *word == '~' && (flags & INPUT_COMPLETE_USERNAMES) && !strchr (word, PATH_SEP))
@@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ char **try_complete (char *text, int *start, int *end, int flags)
        and command names. */
     if (!matches && in_command_position)
         matches = completion_matches (word, command_completion_function);
-        
+
     else if (!matches && (flags & INPUT_COMPLETE_FILENAMES)){
     	if (is_cd)
     	    ignore_filenames = 1;
@@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ char **try_complete (char *text, int *start, int *end, int flags)
     	ignore_filenames = 0;
     	if (!matches && is_cd && *word != PATH_SEP && *word != '~'){
     	    char *p, *q = text + *start;
-    	    
+
     	    for (p = text; *p && p < q && (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t'); p++);
     	    if (!strncmp (p, "cd", 2))
     	        for (p += 2; *p && p < q && (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t'); p++);
@@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ char **try_complete (char *text, int *start, int *end, int flags)
 		    s = strchr (cdpath, ':');
 		    if (s == NULL)
 		        s = strchr (cdpath, 0);
-		    c = *s; 
+		    c = *s;
 		    *s = 0;
 		    if (*cdpath){
 			r = concat_dir_and_file (cdpath, word);
@@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ char **try_complete (char *text, int *start, int *end, int flags)
     	    }
     	}
     }
-    	
+
     if (word)
     	free (word);
 
@@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ char **try_complete (char *text, int *start, int *end, int flags)
 void free_completions (WInput *in)
 {
     char **p;
-    
+
     if (!in->completions)
     	return;
     for (p=in->completions; *p; p++)
@@ -861,7 +861,7 @@ static int query_callback (Dlg_head * h, int Par, int Msg)
 	    dlg_erase (h);
     	    draw_box (h, 0, 0, query_height, query_width);
     	    break;
-    	    
+
     	case DLG_KEY:
 	    switch (Par) {
 		case KEY_LEFT:
@@ -869,7 +869,7 @@ static int query_callback (Dlg_head * h, int Par, int Msg)
 	    	    h->ret_value = 0;
 		    dlg_stop (h);
 	    	    return 1;
-	    	    
+
 	    	case 0177:
 	    	case KEY_BACKSPACE:
 	    	case XCTRL('h'):
@@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ static int query_callback (Dlg_head * h, int Par, int Msg)
 	    	    	return 1;
 	    	    } else {
 	    	    	WLEntry *e, *e1;
-	    	    	
+
 	    	    	e1 = e = ((WListbox *)(h->current->widget))->list;
 	    	    	do {
 	    	    	    if (!strncmp (input->buffer + start, e1->text, end - start - 1)){
@@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ static int query_callback (Dlg_head * h, int Par, int Msg)
 	    	    	} while (e != e1);
 	    	    }
 	    	    return 1;
-	    	    
+
                 default:
 	    	    if (Par > 0xff || !is_printable (Par)){
 	    	    	if (is_in_input_map (input, Par) == 2){
@@ -911,20 +911,20 @@ static int query_callback (Dlg_head * h, int Par, int Msg)
 	    	    	int need_redraw = 0;
 	    	    	int low = 4096;
 	    	    	char *last_text = NULL;
-	    	    	
+
 	    	    	e1 = e = ((WListbox *)(h->current->widget))->list;
 	    	    	do {
 	    	    	    if (!strncmp (input->buffer + start, e1->text, end - start)){
 	    	    	        if (e1->text [end - start] == Par){
 	    	    	            if (need_redraw){
 	    	    	            	register int c1, c2, si;
-	    	    	            	
+
-					for (si = end - start + 1; 
+					for (si = end - start + 1;
 					     (c1 = last_text [si]) &&
 					     (c2 = e1->text [si]); si++)
 		    			    if (c1 != c2)
 		    			    	break;
-	        			if (low > si) 
+	        			if (low > si)
 	        			    low = si;
 					last_text = e1->text;
 					need_redraw = 2;
@@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ int complete_engine (WInput *in, int what_to_do)
     	    char **p, *q;
     	    Dlg_head *query_dlg;
     	    WListbox *query_list;
-    	    
+
     	    for (p=in->completions + 1; *p; count++, p++)
     	    	if ((i = strlen (*p)) > maxlen)
     	    	    maxlen = i;

rosapps/mc/src/cons.handler.c

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 /* Client interface for General purpose Linux console save/restore server
    Copyright (C) 1994 Janne Kukonlehto <jtklehto@stekt.oulu.fi>
-   
+
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ void handle_console (unsigned char action)
 #endif /* #ifdef linux */
 
 #ifdef SCO_FLAVOR
-/* 
+/*
 **	SCO console save/restore handling routines
 **	Copyright (C) 1997 Alex Tkachenko <alex@bcs.zaporizhzhe.ua>
 */
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ console_save()
 	{
 		struct vt_mode smode;
 
-		/* 
+		/*
 		**	User switched out of our vt. Let's wait until we get SIG_ACQUIRE,
 		**	otherwise we could save wrong screen image
 		*/
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ handle_console (unsigned char action)
 			console_init();
 			break;
 
-		case CONSOLE_DONE: 
+		case CONSOLE_DONE:
 			console_shutdown();
 			break;
 

rosapps/mc/src/cons.saver.c

@@ -6,12 +6,12 @@
    This code requires root privileges.
    You may want to make the cons.saver setuid root.
    The code should be safe even if it is setuid but who knows?
-   
+
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
@@ -102,11 +102,11 @@ int check_file (char *filename, int check_console, char **msg)
        both 'open' and 'stat' operate on the same file */
 
     *msg = 0;
-    
+
     fd = open (filename, O_RDWR);
     if (fd == -1)
 	return -1;
-    
+
     if (fstat (fd, &stat_buf) == -1)
 	return -1;
 
@@ -125,19 +125,19 @@ int check_file (char *filename, int check_console, char **msg)
 	    *msg = "Not a console";
 	    return -1;
 	}
-    
+
 	if ((stat_buf.st_rdev & 0x00ff) > 63){
 	    *msg = "Minor device number too big";
 	    return -1;
 	}
-	
+
 	/* Must be owned by the user */
 	if (stat_buf.st_uid != getuid ()){
 	    *msg = "Not a owner";
 	    return -1;
 	}
     }
-    
+
     /* Everything seems to be okay */
     return fd;
 }
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ char *detect_console (void)
 {
     char *msg;
     int  xlen;
-    
+
     /* Must be console */
     /* Handle the case for /dev/tty?? */
     if (tty_name[len-5] == 't')
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ char *detect_console (void)
 #ifdef DEBUG
     fprintf (stderr, "vcs_fd = %d console_fd = %d\n", vcs_fd, console_fd);
 #endif
-    
+
     if (vcs_fd != -1){
 	console_flag = 3;
     }
@@ -269,9 +269,9 @@ void send_contents ()
     unsigned char message;
     unsigned short bytes;
     int bytes_per_char;
-    
+
     bytes_per_char = console_flag == 1 ? 1 : 2;
-    
+
     /* Calculate the number of used lines */
     if (console_flag == 2 || console_flag == 1 || console_flag == 3){
 	index = (2 + rows * columns) * bytes_per_char;
@@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ int main (int argc, char **argv)
 
     /* Lose the control terminal */
     setsid ();
-    
+
     /* Check that the argument is a legal console */
     tty_name = argv [1];
     len = strlen(tty_name);
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ int main (int argc, char **argv)
     /* If using /dev/vcs*, we don't need anymore the console fd */
     if (console_flag == 3)
 	close (console_fd);
-    
+
     /* Inform the invoker about the result of the tests */
     write (cmd_output, &console_flag, 1);
 
@@ -374,14 +374,14 @@ int main (int argc, char **argv)
 	    send_contents ();
 	    break;
 	} /* switch (action) */
-		
+
 	/* Inform the invoker that command is handled */
 	write (cmd_output, &console_flag, 1);
     } /* while (read ...) */
 
     if (buffer)
 	free (buffer);
-    return 0;   
+    return 0;
 }
 
 #else

rosapps/mc/src/dialog.c

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 /* Dialog managing.
    Copyright (C) 1994 Miguel de Icaza.
-   
+
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
 #include "dlg.h"		/* draw_box, yes I know, it's silly */
 #include "background.h"		/* we_are_background definition */
 
-/* "$Id: dialog.c,v 1.1 2001/12/30 09:55:26 sedwards Exp $" */
+/* "$Id$" */
 
 Refresh *refresh_list = 0;
 
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ void push_refresh (void (*new_refresh)(void *), void *parameter, int flags)
 void pop_refresh (void)
 {
     Refresh *old;
-    
+
     if (!refresh_list)
 	fprintf (stderr, _("\n\n\nrefresh stack underflow!\n\n\n"));
     else {
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ static void do_complete_refresh (Refresh *refresh_list)
 
     if (refresh_list->flags != REFRESH_COVERS_ALL)
 	do_complete_refresh (refresh_list->next);
-    
+
     (*(refresh_list->refresh_fn))(refresh_list->parameter);
 }
 
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ void my_wputs (int y, int x, char *text)
     while ((p = *text++) != 0){
 	if (p == '\n')
 	    move (++y, x);
-	else 
+	else
 	    addch ((unsigned char)p);
     }
 }

rosapps/mc/src/dir.c

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 /* Directory routines
    Copyright (C) 1994 Miguel de Icaza.
-   
+
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.
-   
+
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
 #include "tree.h"
 #include "../vfs/vfs.h"
 
-/* "$Id: dir.c,v 1.1 2001/12/30 09:55:26 sedwards Exp $" */
+/* "$Id$" */
 
 /* If true show files starting with a dot */
 int show_dot_files = 1;
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ sort_name (const file_entry *a, const file_entry *b)
 {
     int ad = MY_ISDIR (a);
     int bd = MY_ISDIR (b);
-    
+
     if (ad == bd || mix_all_files)
 	return string_sortcomp (a->fname, b->fname) * reverse;
     return bd-ad;
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ sort_owner (const file_entry *a, const file_entry *b)
 {
     int ad = MY_ISDIR (a);
     int bd = MY_ISDIR (b);
-    
+
     if (ad == bd || mix_all_files)
 	return string_sortcomp (get_owner (a->buf.st_uid), get_owner (a->buf.st_uid)) * reverse;
     return bd-ad;
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ sort_group (const file_entry *a, const file_entry *b)
 {
     int ad = MY_ISDIR (a);
     int bd = MY_ISDIR (b);
-    
+
     if (ad == bd || mix_all_files)
 	return string_sortcomp (get_group (a->buf.st_gid), get_group (a->buf.st_gid)) * reverse;
     return bd-ad;
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ inline static int
 file_type_to_num (const file_entry *fe)
 {
     const struct stat *s = &fe->buf;
-    
+
     if (S_ISDIR (s->st_mode))
 	return 0;
     if (S_ISLNK (s->st_mode)){
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ sort_type (const file_entry *a, const file_entry *b)
 {
     int aa  = file_type_to_num (a);
     int bb  = file_type_to_num (b);
-    
+
     return bb-aa;
 }
 
@@ -302,13 +302,13 @@ void clean_dir (dir_list *list, int count)
     }
 }
 
-static int 
+static int
 add_dotdot_to_list (dir_list *list, int index)
 {
     char buffer [MC_MAXPATHLEN + MC_MAXPATHLEN];
     char *p, *s;
     int i = 0;
-    
+
     /* Need to grow the *list? */
     if (index == list->size) {
 	list->list = realloc (list->list, sizeof (file_entry) *
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ add_dotdot_to_list (dir_list *list, int index)
     (list->list) [index].cache = NULL;
     (list->list) [index].f.link_to_dir = 0;
     (list->list) [index].f.stalled_link = 0;
-    
+
     /* FIXME: We need to get the panel definition! to use file_mark */
     (list->list) [index].f.marked = 0;
     mc_get_current_wd (buffer, sizeof (buffer) - 1 );
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ int handle_dirent (dir_list *list, char *filter, struct dirent *dp,
 
     if (S_ISDIR (buf1->st_mode))
 	tree_check (dp->d_name);
-    
+
     /* A link to a file or a directory? */
     *link_to_dir = 0;
     *stalled_link = 0;
@@ -409,9 +409,9 @@ int handle_dirent (dir_list *list, char *filter, struct dirent *dp,
     return 1;
 }
 
-/* handle_path is a simplified handle_dirent. The difference is that 
+/* handle_path is a simplified handle_dirent. The difference is that
    handle_path doesn't pay attention to show_dot_files and show_backups.
-   Moreover handle_path can't be used with a filemask. 
+   Moreover handle_path can't be used with a filemask.
    If you change handle_path then check also handle_dirent. */
 /* Return values: -1 = failure, 0 = don't add, 1 = add to the list */
 int handle_path (dir_list *list, char *path,
@@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ int handle_path (dir_list *list, char *path,
 
     if (S_ISDIR (buf1->st_mode))
 	tree_check (path);
-    
+
     /* A link to a file or a directory? */
     *link_to_dir = 0;
     *stalled_link = 0;
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ int do_load_dir(dir_list *list, sortfn *sort, int reverse, int case_sensitive, c
     int dotdot_found = 0;
 
     start_tree_check (NULL);
-    
+
     dirp = mc_opendir (".");
     if (!dirp){
 	return set_zero_dir (list);
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ int do_load_dir(dir_list *list, sortfn *sort, int reverse, int case_sensitive, c
 	    return next_free;
 	list->list [next_free].fnamelen = NLENGTH (dp);
 	list->list [next_free].fname = strdup (dp->d_name);
-	list->list [next_free].cache = NULL; 
+	list->list [next_free].cache = NULL;
 	list->list [next_free].f.marked = 0;
 	list->list [next_free].f.link_to_dir = link_to_dir;
 	list->list [next_free].f.stalled_link = stalled_link;
@@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ int do_load_dir(dir_list *list, sortfn *sort, int reverse, int case_sensitive, c
     }
     else
 	return set_zero_dir (list);
-    
+
     mc_closedir (dirp);
     end_tree_check (NULL);
     return next_free;
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ int do_load_dir(dir_list *list, sortfn *sort, int reverse, int case_sensitive, c
 int link_isdir (file_entry *file)
 {
     struct stat b;
-    
+
     if (S_ISLNK (file->buf.st_mode)){
 	mc_stat (file->fname, &b);
 	if (S_ISDIR (b.st_mode))
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ int link_isdir (file_entry *file)
     }
     return 0;
 }
- 
+
 int if_link_is_exe (file_entry *file)
 {
     struct stat b;
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ static dir_list dir_copy = { 0, 0 };
 static void alloc_dir_copy (int size)
 {
     int i;
-	    
+
     if (dir_copy.size < size){
 	if (dir_copy.list){
 
@@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ int do_reload_dir (dir_list *list, sortfn *sort, int count, int rev,
     int           i, found, status, link_to_dir, stalled_link;
     struct stat   buf;
     int		  tmp_len;  /* For optimisation */
-    int 	  dotdot_found = 0; 
+    int 	  dotdot_found = 0;
 
     start_tree_check (NULL);
     dirp = mc_opendir (".");
@@ -584,19 +584,19 @@ int do_reload_dir (dir_list *list, sortfn *sort, int count, int rev,
 	    continue;
 	if (status == -1) {
 	    mc_closedir (dirp);
-	    /* Norbert (Feb 12, 1997): 
+	    /* Norbert (Feb 12, 1997):
 	     Just in case someone finds this memory leak:
-	     -1 means big trouble (at the moment no memory left), 
+	     -1 means big trouble (at the moment no memory left),
 	     I don't bother with further cleanup because if one gets to
 	     this point he will have more problems than a few memory
 	     leaks and because one 'clean_dir' would not be enough (and
-	     because I don't want to spent the time to make it working, 
+	     because I don't want to spent the time to make it working,
-             IMHO it's not worthwhile). 
+             IMHO it's not worthwhile).
 	    clean_dir (&dir_copy, count);
              */
 	    return next_free;
 	}
-	
+
 	tmp_len = NLENGTH (dp);
 	for (found = i = 0; i < count; i++)
 	    if (tmp_len == dir_copy.list [i].fnamelen
@@ -605,10 +605,10 @@ int do_reload_dir (dir_list *list, sortfn *sort, int count, int rev,
 		found = 1;
 		break;
 	    }
-	
+
 	if (!found)
 	    list->list [next_free].f.marked = 0;
-	
+
 	list->list [next_free].fnamelen = tmp_len;
 	list->list [next_free].fname = strdup (dp->d_name);
 	list->list [next_free].cache = NULL;

rosapps/mc/src/dir.h

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ typedef struct {
     struct stat  buf;
 
     /* Flags */
-    struct { 
+    struct {
 	unsigned int marked:1;		/* File marked in pane window */
 	unsigned int exists:1;		/* Use for rereading file */
 	unsigned int link_to_dir:1;	/* If this is a link, does it point to directory? */
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ int set_zero_dir (dir_list *list);
 #ifdef DIR_H_INCLUDE_HANDLE_DIRENT
 int handle_dirent (dir_list *list, char *filter, struct dirent *dp,
 		   struct stat *buf1, int next_free, int *link_to_dir, int *stalled_link);
-int handle_path (dir_list *list, char *path, struct stat *buf1, int next_free, 
+int handle_path (dir_list *list, char *path, struct stat *buf1, int next_free,
 		   int *link_to_dir, int *stalled_link);
 #endif
 

rosapps/mc/src/dlg.c

@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
  */
 
 #include <config.h>
-/* "$Id: dlg.c,v 1.1 2001/12/30 09:55:26 sedwards Exp $" */
+/* "$Id$" */
 #include <string.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <malloc.h>
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
 #include "dlg.h"
 #include "dialog.h"	/* For push_refresh() and pop_refresh() */
 #include "layout.h"
-#include "main.h"	
+#include "main.h"
 
 /* This is the current frame, used to group Tk packings */
 char *the_frame = "";
@@ -74,12 +74,12 @@ static void slow_box (Dlg_head *h, int y, int x, int ys, int xs)
 void draw_box (Dlg_head *h, int y, int x, int ys, int xs)
 {
     extern int slow_terminal;
-	
+
     if (slow_terminal){
 	slow_box (h, y, x, ys, xs);
 	return;
     }
-    
+
 #ifndef HAVE_SLANG
     waddc (h, y, x, ACS_ULCORNER);
     hline (ACS_HLINE, xs - 2);
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ void init_widget (Widget *w, int y, int x, int lines, int cols,
 	abort ();
     }
     /* Almost all widgets want to put the cursor in a suitable place */
-    w->options = W_WANT_CURSOR; 
+    w->options = W_WANT_CURSOR;
 }
 
 int default_proc (Dlg_head *h, int Msg, int Par)
@@ -166,20 +166,20 @@ int default_proc (Dlg_head *h, int Msg, int Par)
 
     case WIDGET_INIT:		/* We could tell if something went wrong */
 	return 1;
-	
+
     case WIDGET_KEY:
 	return 0;		/* Didn't use the key */
-	
+
     case WIDGET_FOCUS:		/* We accept FOCUSes */
 	if (h->current)
 	    x_focus_widget (h->current);
 	return 1;
-	
+
     case WIDGET_UNFOCUS:	/* We accept loose FOCUSes */
 	if (h->current)
 	    x_unfocus_widget (h->current);
 	return 1;
-	
+
     case WIDGET_DRAW:
 	return 1;
 
@@ -248,10 +248,10 @@ Dlg_head *create_dlg (int y1, int x1, int lines, int cols,
         new_d->wdata = xtoolkit_create_dialog (new_d, flags);
     else
     	new_d->wdata = xtoolkit_get_main_dialog (new_d);
-#endif    
+#endif
     return (new_d);
 }
-		      
+
 void set_idle_proc (Dlg_head *d, int state)
 {
     d->send_idle_msg = state;
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ int add_widgetl (Dlg_head *where, void *what, WLay layout)
 
     /* Only used by Tk */
     widget->frame = the_frame;
-    
+
     widget->layout = layout;
     /* Don't accept 0 widgets, this could be from widgets that could not */
     /* initialize properly */
@@ -303,16 +303,16 @@ int add_widgetl (Dlg_head *where, void *what, WLay layout)
 		    where->current->next = where->current;
 		    where->first = where->current;
 	    }
-	    
+
 	    where->current->prev = where->first;
 	    where->last = where->current;
 	    where->first->next = where->last;
-	    
+
     }
     where->current->dlg_id = where->count;
     where->current->widget = what;
     where->current->widget->parent = where;
-    
+
     where->count++;
 
     /* If the widget is inserted in a running dialog */
@@ -329,15 +329,15 @@ int add_widgetl (Dlg_head *where, void *what, WLay layout)
 int remove_widget (Dlg_head *h, void *what)
 {
     Widget_Item *first, *p;
-    
+
     first = p = h->current;
-    
+
     do {
 	if (p->widget == what){
 	    /* Remove links to this Widget_Item */
 	    p->prev->next = p->next;
 	    p->next->prev = p->prev;
-	    
+
 	    /* Make sure h->current is always valid */
 	    if (p == h->current){
 		h->current = h->current->next;
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ void dlg_broadcast_msg_to (Dlg_head *h, int message, int reverse, int flags)
 
     if (!h->current)
 	    return;
-		    
+
     if (reverse)
 	first = p = h->current->prev;
     else
@@ -434,13 +434,13 @@ static void select_a_widget (Dlg_head *h, int down)
 
     if (!down)
 	direction = !direction;
-    
+
     do {
 	if (direction)
 	    h->current = h->current->next;
 	else
 	    h->current = h->current->prev;
-	
+
 	(*h->callback) (h, h->current->dlg_id, DLG_ONE_DOWN);
     } while (!dlg_focus (h));
 }
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ Widget *find_widget_type (Dlg_head *h, callback_fn signature)
 
     if (!h)
 	return 0;
-    
+
     w = 0;
     for (i = 0, item = h->current; i < h->count; i++, item = item->next){
 	if (item->widget->callback == signature){
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ void dlg_one_up (Dlg_head *h)
     /* If it accepts unFOCUSion */
     if (!dlg_unfocus(h))
 	return;
-    
+
     select_a_widget (h, 0);
     if (dlg_overlap (old->widget, h->current->widget)){
 	send_message (h, h->current->widget, WIDGET_DRAW, 0);
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ void dlg_one_down (Dlg_head *h)
     if (!dlg_unfocus (h))
 	return;
 
-    select_a_widget (h, 1); 
+    select_a_widget (h, 1);
     if (dlg_overlap (old->widget, h->current->widget)){
 	send_message (h, h->current->widget, WIDGET_DRAW, 0);
 	send_message (h, h->current->widget, WIDGET_FOCUS, 0);
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ void update_cursor (Dlg_head *h)
 	send_message (h, h->current->widget, WIDGET_CURSOR, 0);
     else {
 	Widget_Item *p = h->current;
-    
+
 	do {
 	    if (p->widget->options & W_WANT_CURSOR)
 		if ((*p->widget->callback)(h, p->widget, WIDGET_CURSOR, 0)){
@@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ void dlg_redraw (Dlg_head *h)
     (h->callback)(h, 0, DLG_DRAW);
 
     dlg_broadcast_msg (h, WIDGET_DRAW, 1);
-    
+
     update_cursor (h);
 }
 
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ void dlg_refresh (void *parameter)
 void dlg_stop (Dlg_head *h)
 {
     h->running = 0;
-    x_dialog_stop (h);	
+    x_dialog_stop (h);
 }
 
 static INLINE void dialog_handle_key (Dlg_head *h, int d_key)
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ static INLINE void dialog_handle_key (Dlg_head *h, int d_key)
     case KEY_UP:
 	dlg_one_up (h);
 	break;
-	
+
     case KEY_RIGHT:
     case KEY_DOWN:
 	dlg_one_down (h);
@@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ static INLINE void dialog_handle_key (Dlg_head *h, int d_key)
     case XCTRL('z'):
 	suspend_cmd ();
 	/* Fall through */
-	    
+
     case XCTRL('l'):
 #ifndef HAVE_SLANG
 	/* Use this if the refreshes fail */
@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ static INLINE void dialog_handle_key (Dlg_head *h, int d_key)
 	mc_refresh ();
 	doupdate ();
 	break;
-	
+
     case '\n':
     case KEY_ENTER:
 	h->ret_value = B_ENTER;
@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@ static int dlg_try_hotkey (Dlg_head *h, int d_key)
     Widget_Item *previous;
     int    handled, c;
     extern input_event ();
-    
+
     /*
      * Explanation: we don't send letter hotkeys to other widgets if
      * the currently selected widget is an input line
@@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ static int dlg_try_hotkey (Dlg_head *h, int d_key)
 		if(d_key < 255 && isalpha(d_key))
 			return 0;
     }
-    
+
     /* If it's an alt key, send the message */
     c = d_key & ~ALT(0);
     if (d_key & ALT(0) && c < 255 && isalpha(c))
@@ -663,27 +663,27 @@ static int dlg_try_hotkey (Dlg_head *h, int d_key)
 	/* .ado: fix problem with file_permission under Win95 */
     if (d_key == 0) return 0;
 #endif
-	
+
     handled = 0;
     if (h->current->widget->options & W_WANT_HOTKEY)
 	handled = callback (h) (h, h->current->widget, WIDGET_HOTKEY, d_key);
-    
+
     /* If not used, send hotkey to other widgets */
     if (handled)
 	return handled;
-    
+
     hot_cur = h->current;
-    
+
     /* send it to all widgets */
     do {
 	if (hot_cur->widget->options & W_WANT_HOTKEY)
 	    handled |= (*hot_cur->widget->callback)
 		(h, hot_cur->widget, WIDGET_HOTKEY, d_key);
-	
+
 	if (!handled)
 	    hot_cur = hot_cur->next;
     } while (h->current != hot_cur && !handled);
-	
+
     if (!handled)
 	return 0;
 
@@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ static int dlg_try_hotkey (Dlg_head *h, int d_key)
     previous = h->current;
     if (!dlg_unfocus (h))
 	return handled;
-    
+
     h->current = hot_cur;
     if (!dlg_focus (h)){
 	h->current = previous;
@@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ static int dlg_try_hotkey (Dlg_head *h, int d_key)
 void dlg_key_event (Dlg_head *h, int d_key)
 {
     int handled;
-    
+
     /* TAB used to cycle */
     if (!h->raw && (d_key == '\t' || d_key == KEY_BTAB))
 	if (d_key == '\t')
@@ -711,22 +711,22 @@ void dlg_key_event (Dlg_head *h, int d_key)
         else
 	    dlg_one_up (h);
     else {
-	
+
 	/* first can dlg_callback handle the key */
 	handled = (*h->callback) (h, d_key, DLG_KEY);
 
 	/* next try the hotkey */
 	if (!handled)
 	    handled = dlg_try_hotkey (h, d_key);
-	
+
 	/* not used - then try widget_callback */
 	if (!handled)
 	    handled |= callback (h)(h, h->current->widget, WIDGET_KEY, d_key);
-	
+
 	/* not used- try to use the unhandled case */
 	if (!handled)
 	    handled |= (*h->callback) (h, d_key, DLG_UNHANDLED_KEY);
-	
+
 	if (!handled)
 	    dialog_handle_key (h, d_key);
 	(*h->callback) (h, d_key, DLG_POST_KEY);
@@ -752,8 +752,8 @@ static INLINE int dlg_mouse_event (Dlg_head *h, Gpm_Event *event)
 	Widget *widget = item->widget;
 
 	item = item->next;
-	
+
-	if (!((x > widget->x) && (x <= widget->x+widget->cols) 
+	if (!((x > widget->x) && (x <= widget->x+widget->cols)
 	    && (y > widget->y) && (y <= widget->y+widget->lines)))
 	    continue;
 
@@ -777,7 +777,7 @@ void init_dlg (Dlg_head *h)
     int refresh_mode;
 
     tk_end_frame ();
-    
+
     /* Initialize dialog manager and widgets */
     (*h->callback) (h, 0, DLG_INIT);
     dlg_broadcast_msg (h, WIDGET_INIT, 0);
@@ -788,23 +788,23 @@ void init_dlg (Dlg_head *h)
 	refresh_mode = REFRESH_COVERS_PART;
     push_refresh (dlg_refresh, h, refresh_mode);
     h->refresh_pushed = 1;
-    
+
     /* Initialize direction */
     if (!h->direction)
 	h->current =  h->first;
-	
+
     if (h->initfocus != NULL)
         h->current = h->initfocus;
 
     h->previous_dialog = current_dlg;
     current_dlg = h;
-    
+
     /* Initialize the mouse status */
     h->mouse_status = 0;
 
     /* Redraw the screen */
     dlg_redraw (h);
-    
+
     while (!dlg_focus (h))
 	h->current = h->current->next;
 
@@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ void dlg_process_event (Dlg_head *h, int key, Gpm_Event *event)
 	else
 	    return;
     }
-    
+
     if (key == EV_MOUSE)
 	h->mouse_status = dlg_mouse_event (h, event);
     else
@@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ frontend_run_dlg (Dlg_head *h)
 	if (is_idle ()){
 	    if (idle_hook)
 		execute_hooks (idle_hook);
-	    
+
 	    while (h->send_idle_msg && is_idle ()){
 		(*h->callback) (h, 0, DLG_IDLE);
 	    }
@@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ destroy_dlg (Dlg_head *h)
     Widget_Item *c;
 
     if (h->refresh_pushed)
-	pop_refresh (); 
+	pop_refresh ();
 
     x_destroy_dlg_start (h);
     dlg_broadcast_msg (h, WIDGET_DESTROY, 0);
@@ -930,13 +930,13 @@ void dlg_replace_widget (Dlg_head *h, Widget *old, Widget *new)
 {
     Widget_Item *p = h->current;
     int should_focus = 0;
-    
+
     do {
 	if (p->widget == old){
 
 	    if (old == h->current->widget)
 		should_focus = 1;
-	    
+
 	    /* We found the widget */
 	    /* First kill the widget */
 	    new->focused = old->focused;
@@ -1002,14 +1002,14 @@ int dlg_select_nth_widget (Dlg_head *h, int n)
 static void tk_frame_proc (Dlg_head *h, char *frame, int new_frame)
 {
     char *s = strdup (frame);
-    
+
     if (frame [strlen (frame)-1] != '.'){
 	fprintf (stderr, "Invalid frame name\n");
 	exit (1);
     }
     s [strlen (frame)-1] = 0;
     the_frame = frame;
-    
+
     if (new_frame)
 	tk_evalf ("frame %s.%s", (char *)h->wdata, s);
 }